PNC Financial Services Group Inc (PNC) SEC Quarterly Report (10-Q) for Q3 2015

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

x	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 001-09718

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania

25-1435979

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 762-2000

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

As of October 23, 2015, there were 507,805,789 shares of the registrant's common stock ($5 par value) outstanding.

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

Cross-Reference Index to Third Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q


	Pages
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements (Unaudited).
Consolidated Income Statement		56
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income		57
Consolidated Balance Sheet		58
Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows		59

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Note 1 Accounting Policies		61
Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities		65
Note 3 Asset Quality		69
Note 4 Purchased Loans		82
Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit		83
Note 6 Investment Securities		86
Note 7 Fair Value		90
Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets		102
Note 9 Capital Securities of a Subsidiary Trust and Perpetual Trust Securities		104
Note 10 Certain Employee Benefit And Stock Based Compensation Plans		104
Note 11 Financial Derivatives		107
Note 12 Earnings Per Share		113
Note 13 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income		114
Note 14 Income Taxes		119
Note 15 Legal Proceedings		119
Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees		122
Note 17 Segment Reporting		127
Note 18 Subsequent Events		131

Statistical Information (Unaudited)
Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis		132
Transitional Basel III and Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratios – 2014 Periods		134

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A).
Financial Review
Consolidated Financial Highlights		1
Executive Summary		3
Consolidated Income Statement Review		8
Consolidated Balance Sheet Review		11
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities		21
Fair Value Measurements		22
Business Segments Review		22
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments		30
Status Of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan		31
Recourse And Repurchase Obligations		31
Risk Management		32
Internal Controls And Disclosure Controls And Procedures		48
Glossary Of Terms		49
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information		54

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.		32-48, 90-101 and 107-113

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.		48

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.		135

Item 1A. RiskFactors.		135

Item 2. Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use Of Proceeds.		136

Item 6. Exhibits.		136
Exhibit Index.		136
Corporate Information		137

Signature		139

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

Cross-Reference Index to Third Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q (continued)

MD&A TABLE REFERENCE


Table	Description	Page
1	Consolidated Financial Highlights		1
2	Summarized Average Balance Sheet		7
3	Results Of Businesses – Summary		8
4	Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin		8
5	Noninterest Income		9
6	Summarized Balance Sheet Data		11
7	Details Of Loans		12
8	Accretion – Purchased Impaired Loans		13
9	Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Yield		13
10	Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans		13
11	Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios		14
12	Estimated Derecognition Impact – Total ALLL to Total Loans		14
13	Accretable Difference Sensitivity – Total Purchased Impaired Loans		14
14	Commitments to Extend Credit		15
15	Investment Securities		15
16	Weighted-Average Expected Maturity of Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Debt Securities		16
17	Loans Held For Sale		16
18	Details Of Funding Sources		17
19	Shareholders' Equity		18
20	Basel III Capital		19
21	Fair Value Measurements – Summary		22
22	Retail Banking Table		23
23	Corporate & Institutional Banking Table		25
24	Asset Management Group Table		27
25	Residential Mortgage Banking Table		28
26	BlackRock Table		29
27	Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio Table		29
28	Pension Expense – Sensitivity Analysis		31
29	Nonperforming Assets By Type		33
30	Change in Nonperforming Assets		34
31	OREO and Foreclosed Assets		34
32	Accruing Loans Past Due		35
33	Home Equity Lines of Credit – Draw Period End Dates		36
34	Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications		36
35	Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings		37
36	Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries		38
37	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses		39
38	PNC Bank Bank Notes Issued During 2015		41
39	PNC Bank Senior and Subordinated Debt		41
40	FHLB Borrowings		42
41	Parent Company Senior and Subordinated Debt and Hybrid Capital Instruments		43
42	Credit Ratings as of September 30, 2015 for PNC and PNC Bank		43
43	Contractual Obligations		44
44	Other Commitments		44
45	Interest Sensitivity Analysis		45
46	Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (Third Quarter 2015)		45
47	Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward		46
48	Enterprise-Wide Gains/Losses Versus Value-at-Risk		46
49	Equity Investments Summary		47
50	Financial Derivatives Summary		48

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

Cross-Reference Index to Third Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q (continued)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE


Table	Description	Page
51	Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities		66
52	Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans, and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others		67
53	Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value		68
54	Non-Consolidated VIEs		69
55	Analysis of Loan Portfolio		70
56	Nonperforming Assets		71
57	Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators		73
58	Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Balances		74
59	Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators – Excluding Purchased Impaired Loans		74
60	Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans		76
61	Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators		77
62	Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings		78
63	Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type		78
64	TDRs that were Modified in the Past Twelve Months which have Subsequently Defaulted		80
65	Impaired Loans		81
66	Purchased Impaired Loans – Balances		82
67	Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Yield		83
68	Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data		84
69	Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit		85
70	Investment Securities Summary		86
71	Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale		87
72	Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale		89
73	Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities		89
74	Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral		90
75	Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Basis Summary		91
76	Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities		92
77	Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Quantitative Information		96
78	Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring		98
79	Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring Quantitative Information		98
80	Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value		99
81	Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances		100
82	Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments		101
83	Goodwill by Business Segment		102
84	Mortgage Servicing Rights		102
85	Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions		103
86	Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions		103
87	Fees from Mortgage Loan Servicing		103
88	Other Intangible Assets		103
89	Amortization Expense on Existing Intangible Assets		103
90	Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefits Costs		105
91	Stock Option Rollforward		106
92	Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Share Unit Awards – Rollforward		106
93	Nonvested Cash-Payable Incentive/Performance Units and Restricted Share Units – Rollforward		106
94	Total Gross Derivatives		107
95	Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP		108
96	Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Hedged Items – Fair Value Hedges		108
97	Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Cash Flows – Cash Flow Hedges		109
98	Gains (Losses) on Derivatives – Net Investment Hedges		109
99	Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP		110
100	Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP		111
101	Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting		112

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

Cross-Reference Index to Third Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q (continued)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE (continued)


Table	Description	Page
102	Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share		113
103	Rollforward of Total Equity		114
104	Other Comprehensive Income		115
105	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components		118
106	Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credit Carryforwards		119
107	Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments		122
108	Internal Credit Ratings Related to Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit		122
109	Reinsurance Agreements Exposure		123
110	Reinsurance Reserves – Rollforward		123
111	Analysis of Commercial Mortgage Recourse Obligations		124
112	Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Liability for Asserted Claims and Unasserted Claims		125
113	Resale and Repurchase Agreements Offsetting		126
114	Repurchase Agreements By Type of Collateral Pledged		126
115	Results Of Businesses		129

FINANCIAL RE VIEW

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

This Financial Review, including the Consolidated Financial Highlights, should be read together with our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and unaudited Statistical Information included elsewhere in this Report and with Items 6, 7, 8 and 9A of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K (2014 Form 10-K). We have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. For information regarding certain business, regulatory and legal risks, see the following sections as they appear in this Report and in our 2014 Form 10-K and our First and Second Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q: the Risk Management and Recourse And Repurchase Obligations sections of the Financial Review portion of the respective reports; Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2014 Form 10-K; and the Legal Proceedings and Commitments and Guarantees Notes of the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in the respective report. Also, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Financial Review and the Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments section in this Financial Review and in our 2014 Form 10-K for certain other factors that could cause actual results or future events to differ, perhaps materially, from historical performance and from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this Report. See Note 17 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income as reported on a GAAP basis.

Table 1: Consolidated Financial Highlights

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC . (PNC)


Dollars in millions, except per share data Unaudited		Three months ended September 30								Nine months ended September 30
	2015				2014				2015				2014
Financial Results (a)
Revenue
Net interest income		$	2,062			$	2,104			$	6,186			$	6,428
Noninterest income			1,713				1,737				5,186				5,000
Total revenue			3,775				3,841				11,372				11,428
Noninterest expense			2,352				2,357				7,067				6,949
Pretax, pre-provision earnings (b)			1,423				1,484				4,305				4,479
Provision for credit losses			81				55				181				221
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		$	1,342			$	1,429			$	4,124			$	4,258
Net income		$	1,073			$	1,038			$	3,121			$	3,150
Less:
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests			18				1				23				2
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion and redemptions			64				71				182				189
Net income attributable to common shareholders		$	991			$	966			$	2,916			$	2,959
Less:
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares			–				3				2				9
Impact of BlackRock earnings per share dilution			4				4				14				13
Net income attributable to diluted common shares		$	987			$	959			$	2,900			$	2,937
Diluted earnings per common share		$	1.90			$	1.79			$	5.52			$	5.45
Cash dividends declared per common share		$	.51			$	.48			$	1.50			$	1.40
Effective tax rate (c)			20.0	%			27.4	%			24.3	%			26.0	%
Performance Ratios
Net interest margin (d)			2.67	%			2.98	%			2.74	%			3.12	%
Noninterest income to total revenue			45				45				46				44
Efficiency			62				61				62				61
Return on:
Average common shareholders' equity			9.61				9.52				9.56				9.99
Average assets			1.19				1.25				1.18				1.30

See page 49 for a glossary of certain terms used in this Report.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements.

(a)	The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.

(b)	We believe that pretax, pre-provision earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is useful as a tool to help evaluate the ability to provide for credit costs through operations.

(c)	The effective income tax rates are generally lower than the statutory rate due to the relationship of pretax income to tax credits and earnings that are not subject to tax.

(d)

Calculated as annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the Consolidated Income Statement. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $50 million and $47 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $148 million and $140 million, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 1

Table 1: Consolidated Financial Highlights (Continued) (a)


Unaudited	September 30 2015			December 31 2014			September 30 2014
Balance Sheet Data (dollars in millions, except per share data)
Assets	$	362,125		$	345,072		$	334,424
Loans		204,983			204,817			200,872
Allowance for loan and lease losses		3,237			3,331			3,406
Interest-earning deposits with banks (b)		34,224			31,779			26,247
Investment securities		68,066			55,823			55,039
Loans held for sale		2,060			2,262			2,143
Goodwill		9,103			9,103			9,074
Mortgage servicing rights		1,467			1,351			1,510
Equity investments (c)		10,497			10,728			10,763
Other assets		27,285			23,482			23,123

Noninterest-bearing deposits		78,239			73,479			72,963
Interest-bearing deposits		166,740			158,755			153,341
Total deposits		244,979			232,234			226,304
Transaction deposits		208,768			198,267			192,222
Borrowed funds		56,663			56,768			52,327
Total shareholders' equity		44,948			44,551			44,481
Common shareholders' equity		41,498			40,605			40,536
Accumulated other comprehensive income		615			503			727

Book value per common share	$	81.42		$	77.61		$	76.71
Common shares outstanding (millions)		510			523			528
Loans to deposits		84	%		88	%		89	%

Client Investment Assets (billions)
Discretionary client assets under management	$	132		$	135		$	132
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration		124			128			127
Total client assets under administration		256			263			259
Brokerage account client assets		42			43			43
Total	$	298		$	306		$	302

Capital Ratios
Transitional Basel III (d) (e)
Common equity Tier 1		10.6	%		10.9	%		11.1	%
Tier 1 risk-based		12.0			12.6			12.8
Total capital risk-based		14.8			15.8			16.1
Leverage		10.2			10.8			11.1
Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III (e)
Common equity Tier 1		10.1	%		10.0	%		10.1	%
Common shareholders' equity to assets		11.5	%		11.8	%		12.1	%

Asset Quality
Nonperforming loans to total loans		1.06	%		1.23	%		1.30	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets		1.21			1.40			1.48
Nonperforming assets to total assets		.69			.83			.89
Net charge-offs to average loans (for the three months ended) (annualized)		.19			.23			.16
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans (f)		1.58			1.63			1.70
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (g)		149	%		133	%		130	%
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (in millions)	$	890		$	1,105		$	1,178

(a)	The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.

(b)	Amounts include balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland (Federal Reserve Bank) of $33.8 billion, $31.4 billion, and $25.9 billion as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

(c)	Amounts include our equity interest in BlackRock.

(d)	Calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC during each period presented.

(e)

See Basel III Capital discussion in the Capital portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review and the capital discussion in the Banking Regulation and Supervision section of Item 1 Business in our 2014 Form 10-K. See also the Estimated Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio – 2014 Periods table in the Statistical Information section of this Report for a reconciliation of the 2014 periods' ratios.

(f)

The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. This ratio will be impacted by the expected change in our derecognition policy for purchased impaired loans that are pooled and accounted for as a single asset. For additional information on this policy change, see the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Financial Review.

(g)

The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses in this ratio will be impacted by the expected fourth quarter of 2015 change in our derecognition policy for purchased impaired loans that are pooled and accounted for as a single asset. For additional information on this policy change, see the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Financial Review.

2 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

E XECUTIVE S UMMARY

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

We have businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management and residential mortgage banking, providing many of our products and services nationally, as well as other products and services in our primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, North Carolina, Florida, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Alabama, Missouri, Georgia, Wisconsin and South Carolina. We also provide certain products and services internationally.

Key Strategic Goals

At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and fee revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our corporate responsibility to the communities where we do business.

We strive to expand and deepen customer relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, fee-based and credit products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services where, when and how our customers choose with the goal of offering insight that addresses their specific financial needs. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships that meet our risk/return measures. Our strategies for growing fee income across our lines of business are focused on achieving deeper market penetration and cross selling our diverse product mix.

Our strategic priorities are designed to enhance value over the long term. A key priority is to drive growth in acquired and underpenetrated geographic markets, including in the Southeast. In addition, we are seeking to attract more of the investable assets of new and existing clients. PNC is focused on transforming our retail banking business to a more customer-centric and sustainable model while lowering delivery costs as customer banking preferences evolve. We are also working to build a stronger residential mortgage banking business with the goal of becoming the provider of choice for our customers. Additionally, we continue to focus on expense management while investing in technology and business infrastructure and streamlining our processes.

Our capital priorities are to support client growth and business investment, maintain appropriate capital in light of economic conditions and the Basel III framework and return excess capital to shareholders, in accordance with the capital plan included in our 2015 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and

Review (CCAR) submission to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve). New regulatory short-term liquidity standards became effective for PNC and PNC Bank, National Association (PNC Bank) beginning January 1, 2015. For more detail, see the Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary, the Capital portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section and the Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review and the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business of our 2014 Form 10-K.

Recent Market and Industry Developments

There have been numerous legislative and regulatory developments and significant changes in the competitive landscape of our industry over the last several years. The United States and other governments have undertaken major reform of the regulation of the financial services industry, including engaging in new efforts to impose requirements designed to strengthen the stability of the financial system and protect consumers and investors. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), enacted in July 2010, mandates the most wide-ranging overhaul of financial industry regulation in decades. Many parts of the law are now in effect, and others are now in the implementation stage, which is likely to continue for several years. We expect to face additional regulation of our industry as a result of Dodd-Frank as well as other current and future initiatives intended to enhance the regulation of financial services companies, the stability of the financial system, the protection of consumers and investors, and the liquidity and solvency of financial institutions and markets. We also expect the scrutiny from our supervisors in the examination process and the enforcement of laws and regulations on both the federal and state levels to remain at elevated levels. Compliance with new regulations will increase our costs and reduce our revenue. Some new regulations may limit our ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities.

On October 3, 2015, rules requiring mortgage lenders to issue new integrated disclosures under the Truth in Lending Act (TILA) and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) became effective. These rules, among other things, impose new timelines for the provision of disclosures to borrowers and provide additional limitations on increases to the fees and charges estimated and disclosed by lenders.

On October 22, 2015, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) approved final interagency rules (developed jointly with the Federal Reserve, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Farm Credit Administration and Federal Housing Finance Agency) governing margin and capital requirements for uncleared swaps entered into by swap dealers who are supervised by a prudential regulator. PNC Bank is registered as a swap dealer and will be subject to these rules. The compliance date for requirements under the final rules is subject to a substantial phase-in period that begins on September 1, 2016, for the largest market participants and, for

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 3

PNC Bank, no earlier than March 1, 2017. While we continue to analyze fully the various requirements under the final rules, we expect that the rules will not have a material effect on PNC Bank.

Also on October 22, 2015, the FDIC requested comment on a proposed rule that would impose a surcharge, equal to 4.5 basis points of an institution's deposit insurance assessment base, on the quarterly deposit insurance assessments of all insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (including PNC Bank). Under the proposal, the surcharge would take effect for assessments billed after the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent (estimated by the FDIC to most likely occur in the first quarter of 2016) or such later date as the proposed rule is finalized, and would continue until the reserve ratio reached 1.35 percent (estimated by the FDIC to occur under the proposal before the end of 2018). Based on data as of September 30, 2015, we estimate that the net effect of the proposed surcharge, together with the scheduled reduction of regular assessments that will go into effect when the DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent, would increase PNC Bank's quarterly assessment by approximately $20 million. The comment period on the proposed surcharge will run for 60 days after the proposal is published in the Federal Register.

For additional information concerning recent legislative and regulatory developments, as well as certain governmental, legislative and regulatory inquiries and investigations that may affect PNC, please see the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors, and Note 21 Legal Proceedings and Note 22 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2014 Form 10-K, Recent Market and Industry Developments in the Executive Summary section of our First Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q and Second Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q as well as Note 15 Legal Proceedings and Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

PNC faces a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current economic, political and regulatory environment, merger and acquisition activity and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail in our 2014 Form 10-K and elsewhere in this Report.

Our financial performance is substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

•

General economic conditions, including the continuity, speed and stamina of the current U.S.

economic expansion in general and on our customers in particular,

•

The monetary policy actions and statements of the Federal Reserve and the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC),

•

The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

•

The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, the capital and other financial markets,

•

Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and asset quality,

•

Customer demand for non-loan products and services,

•

Changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape and in counterparty creditworthiness and performance as the financial services industry restructures in the current environment,

•

The impact of the extensive reforms enacted in the Dodd-Frank legislation and other legislative, regulatory and administrative initiatives and actions, including those outlined elsewhere in this Report, in our 2014 Form 10-K and in subsequent filings with the SEC, and

•

The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations.

In addition, our success will depend upon, among other things:

•

Focused execution of strategic priorities for organic customer growth opportunities,

•

Further success in growing profitability through the acquisition and retention of customers and deepening relationships,

•

Driving growth in acquired and underpenetrated geographic markets, including our Southeast markets,

•

Our ability to effectively manage PNC's balance sheet and generate net interest income,

•

Revenue growth from fee income and our ability to provide innovative and valued products to our customers,

•

Our ability to utilize technology to develop and deliver products and services to our customers and protect PNC's systems and customer information,

•

Our ability to bolster our critical infrastructure and streamline our core processes,

•

Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

•

A sustained focus on expense management,

•

Managing our credit risk in our portfolio,

•

Managing the non-strategic assets portfolio and impaired assets,

•

Continuing to maintain and grow our deposit base as a low-cost funding source,

•

Prudent risk, liquidity and capital management related to our efforts to manage risk to acceptable

4 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

levels and to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards,

•

Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets,

•

The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies, and

•

The appropriateness of reserves needed for critical accounting estimates and related contingencies.

For additional information, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Financial Review and Item 1A Risk Factors in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Income Statement Highlights

Net income increased $35 million, or 3%, in the third quarter of 2015 to $1.1 billion, or $1.90 per diluted common share, compared to $1.0 billion, or $1.79 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2014. Third quarter net income benefitted from a lower effective tax rate and slightly lower noninterest expense, partially offset by declines in net interest income and noninterest income.

•

Net interest income of $2.1 billion for the third quarter of 2015 decreased 2% compared with the third quarter of 2014, reflective of the ongoing low rate environment, primarily resulting in lower interest-earning asset yields, and lower purchase accounting accretion, partially offset by commercial and commercial real estate loan growth and higher securities balances.

•

Net interest margin decreased to 2.67% for the third quarter of 2015 compared to 2.98% for the third quarter of 2014 principally due to the impact of increasing the company's liquidity position, lower benefit from purchase accounting accretion, and lower loan and securities yields.

•

Noninterest income of $1.7 billion for the third quarter of 2015 decreased $24 million, or 1% compared to the third quarter of 2014, due to declines in asset management and residential mortgage, partially offset by strong fee income growth in consumer and corporate services.

•

The provision for credit losses increased to $81 million for the third quarter of 2015 compared to $55 million for the third quarter of 2014.

•

Noninterest expense of $2.4 billion for the third quarter of 2015 decreased $5 million compared to the third quarter of 2014 mainly driven by lower expense related to third party services and lower asset impairment charges related to historic tax credits, mostly offset by investments in technology and business infrastructure in support of PNC's strategic priorities and higher personnel expense associated with higher business activity.

•

The effective tax rate was 20.0% for the third quarter of 2015 compared to 27.4% for the third quarter of 2014 reflecting tax benefits and additions to reserves, the largest components of which were a benefit of

$75 million attributable to effectively settling acquired entity tax contingencies offset by additions to reserves of $10 million for various tax matters.

For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in this Financial Review.

Credit Quality Highlights

Overall credit quality improved during the first nine months of 2015.

•

Nonperforming assets decreased $.4 billion, or 14%, to $2.5 billion at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. Nonperforming assets to total assets were 0.69% at September 30, 2015, compared to 0.83% at December 31, 2014.

•

Overall loan delinquencies of $1.7 billion at September 30, 2015 decreased $.3 billion, or 15%, compared with December 31, 2014.

•

The allowance for loan and lease losses was 1.58% of total loans and 149% of nonperforming loans at September 30, 2015, compared with 1.63% and 133% at December 31, 2014, respectively.

•

Net charge-offs of $96 million for the third quarter of 2015 increased 17% compared to net charge-offs of $82 million for the third quarter of 2014. Annualized net charge-offs were 0.19% of average loans in the third quarter of 2015 and 0.16% of average loans in the third quarter of 2014. For the first nine months of 2015, net charge-offs were $266 million, and 0.17% of average loans on an annualized basis, compared with $413 million and 0.28% for the first nine months of 2014.

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section and the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Financial Review.

Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Capital Highlights

PNC's balance sheet was well-positioned at September 30, 2015 reflecting strong liquidity and capital positions.

•

Total loans increased by $.2 billion to $205.0 billion at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014.

–

Total commercial lending increased $2.8 billion, or 2%, due to growth in PNC's real estate business.

–

Total consumer lending decreased $2.6 billion, or 3%, due to declines in home equity, automobile, and education, including runoff in the non-strategic consumer loan portfolio.

•

Investment securities increased $12.2 billion, or 22%, to $68.1 billion at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, primarily funded by deposit growth.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 5

•

Total deposits increased $12.7 billion, or 5%, to $245.0 billion at September 30, 2015 compared with December 31, 2014, driven by higher Retail Banking and Corporate & Institutional Banking deposits.

•

PNC's balance sheet remained core funded with a loans to deposits ratio of 84% at September 30, 2015.

•

PNC maintained a strong liquidity position.

–

New regulatory short-term liquidity standards became effective for PNC and PNC Bank as advanced approaches banking organizations beginning January 1, 2015, with a minimum phased-in Liquidity Coverage Ratio requirement of 80% in 2015, calculated as of month end.

–

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at September 30, 2015 exceeded 100% for both PNC and PNC Bank.

•

PNC maintained a strong capital position.

–

The Transitional Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 10.6% at September 30, 2015 and 10.9% at December 31, 2014, calculated using the regulatory capital methodologies applicable to PNC during 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decline in the capital ratio during the comparable period was mainly due to higher risk weighting percentages applied to certain commercial real estate, equity and securities assets under the Basel III standardized rule which became effective in 2015.

–

Pro forma fully phased-in Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was an estimated 10.1% at September 30, 2015 and 10.0% at December 31, 2014 based on the standardized approach rules. See the Capital discussion and Table 20 in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review and the December 31, 2014 capital ratio tables in the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section of this Report for more detail.

•

PNC returned capital to shareholders during the first nine months of 2015.

–

In the first quarter of 2015, in accordance with the 2014 capital plan, PNC repurchased 4.4 million common shares for an aggregate repurchase price of $.4 billion. These first quarter 2015 repurchases completed PNC's common stock repurchase program for the four quarter period that began in second quarter 2014 with total repurchases of 17.3 million common shares for $1.5 billion.

–

In connection with the 2015 CCAR process, PNC submitted its 2015 capital plan, as approved by its Board of Directors, to the Federal Reserve in January 2015. As we announced on March 11, 2015, the Federal Reserve accepted the capital plan and did not object to our proposed capital actions, which

included the following that were completed during the second and third quarters of 2015:

–

PNC repurchased 6.2 million common shares for $.6 billion during the third quarter of 2015 and 5.9 million common shares for $.6 billion during the second quarter of 2015 under share repurchase programs of up to $2.875 billion for the five quarter period beginning in the second quarter of 2015. These programs include repurchases of up to $375 million related to stock issuances under employee benefit-related programs.

–

In April 2015, the Board of Directors raised the quarterly dividend on common stock to 51 cents per share, an increase of 3 cents per share, or 6%, effective with the May dividend. On October 1, 2015, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of 51 cents per share payable on November 5, 2015.

–

On May 4, 2015, we redeemed $500 million of PNC's Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series K, as well as all Depositary Shares representing interests therein. Each Depositary Share represented a 1/10 interest in a share of the Series K Preferred Stock. All 50,000 shares of Series K Preferred Stock, as well as all 500,000 Depositary Shares representing interests therein, were redeemed. The redemption price was $10,000 per share of Series K Preferred Stock equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share, plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the redemption date.

Our Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review sections of this Financial Review describe in greater detail the various items that impacted our results during the first nine months of 2015 and 2014 and balances at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Our ability to take certain capital actions, including plans to pay or increase common stock dividends or to repurchase shares under current or future programs, is subject to the results of the supervisory assessment of capital adequacy undertaken by the Federal Reserve as part of the CCAR process. For additional information, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business of our 2014 Form 10-K.

See the Capital portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review and the Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review for more detail on our 2015 capital and liquidity actions.

6 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet Highlights

Table 2: Summarized Average Balance Sheet


Nine months ended September 30					Change
Dollars in millions	2015		2014		$		%
Average assets
Interest-earning assets
Investment securities	$	59,578	$	56,357	$	3,221		6	%
Loans		205,122		198,559		6,563		3	%
Interest-earning deposits with banks		33,380		16,341		17,039		104	%
Other		9,048		8,476		572		7	%
Total interest-earning assets		307,128		279,733		27,395		10	%
Noninterest-earning assets		46,005		44,145		1,860		4	%
Total average assets	$	353,133	$	323,878	$	29,255		9	%
Average liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits	$	162,790	$	151,757	$	11,033		7	%
Borrowed funds		57,018		47,620		9,398		20	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		219,808		199,377		20,431		10	%
Noninterest-bearing deposits		75,359		68,976		6,383		9	%
Other liabilities		12,091		10,389		1,702		16	%
Equity		45,875		45,136		739		2	%
Total average liabilities and equity	$	353,133	$	323,878	$	29,255		9	%

Seasonal and other factors may impact our period-end balances, whereas average balances are generally more indicative of underlying business trends apart from the impact of acquisitions and divestitures. The Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review provides information on changes in selected Consolidated Balance Sheet categories at September 30, 2015 compared with December 31, 2014. Total assets were $362.1 billion at September 30, 2015 compared with $345.1 billion at December 31, 2014.

Average investment securities increased in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014, due to increases in average agency residential mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, partially offset by a decrease in average non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. Total investment securities comprised 19% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2015 and 20% for the first nine months of 2014.

Average total loans in the first nine months of 2015 increased compared with the first nine months of 2014 driven by growth in average commercial loans of $6.7 billion and average commercial real estate loans of $2.2 billion, principally in our Corporate & Institutional Banking segment. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in consumer loans of $2.2 billion primarily attributable to lower home equity and education loans. Runoff in the non-strategic portfolio of residential mortgage and brokered home equity loans contributed to the decrease in consumer loans.

Loans represented 67% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2015 and 71% of average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2014.

Average interest-earning deposits with banks, which are primarily maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank, increased in the comparison to the prior year period in part due to regulatory short-term liquidity standards phased in starting January 1, 2015 and also due to deposit growth.

The increase in average noninterest-earning assets in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014 was primarily driven by higher accounts receivable from trade date securities sales, which are included in noninterest-earning assets for average balance sheet purposes, and an increase in trading assets, primarily net customer-related derivatives values.

Average total deposits increased $17.4 billion, or 8%, to $238.1 billion in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014, primarily due to an increase in average transaction deposits, which grew to $203.8 billion for the first nine months of 2015. Higher average money market deposits, average noninterest-bearing deposits and average interest-bearing demand deposits were driven by both commercial and consumer deposit growth. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $1.5 billion in average retail certificates of deposit attributable to runoff of maturing accounts.

Average total deposits represented 67% of average total assets for the first nine months of 2015 and 68% for the first nine months of 2014.

The increase in average borrowed funds in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014 was primarily due to increases in average Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings and average bank notes and senior debt. These increases were partially offset by lower average commercial paper balances, in part due to actions to enhance PNC's funding structure in light of regulatory liquidity standards and a rating agency methodology change. The Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our sources and uses of borrowed funds.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 7

Business Segment Highlights

Total business segment earnings were $3.0 billion for both the first nine months of 2015 and 2014. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes further analysis of our business segment results over the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, including presentation differences from Note 17 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report. Note 17 Segment Reporting presents results of businesses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014.

We provide a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to PNC total consolidated net income as reported on a GAAP basis in Note 17 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

Table 3: Results Of Businesses – Summary (a)

(Unaudited)


	Net Income				Revenue				Average Assets (b)
Nine months ended September 30 – in millions	2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014
Retail Banking	$	694	$	556	$	4,804	$	4,529	$	73,430	$	75,264
Corporate & Institutional Banking		1,492		1,542		4,010		4,032		131,678		121,232
Asset Management Group		143		136		873		826		7,922		7,687
Residential Mortgage Banking		43		44		579		618		6,962		7,889
BlackRock		407		399		532		528		6,813		6,562
Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio		205		291		336		447		6,880		8,563
Total business segments		2,984		2,968		11,134		10,980		233,685		227,197
Other (c) (d) (e)		137		182		238		448		119,448		96,681
Total	$	3,121	$	3,150	$	11,372	$	11,428	$	353,133	$	323,878

(a)

Our business information is presented based on our internal management reporting practices. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. Net interest income in business segment results reflects PNC's internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors. In the first quarter of 2015, enhancements were made to PNC's funds transfer pricing methodology primarily for costs related to the new regulatory short-term liquidity standards. The enhancements incorporate an additional charge assigned to assets, including for unfunded loan commitments. Conversely, a higher transfer pricing credit has been assigned to those deposits that are accorded higher value under LCR rules for liquidity purposes. These adjustments apply to business segment results, primarily favorably impacting Retail Banking and adversely impacting Corporate & Institutional Banking, prospectively beginning with the first quarter of 2015. Prior periods have not been adjusted due to the impracticability of estimating the impact of the change for prior periods.

(b)	Period-end balances for BlackRock.

(c)	"Other" average assets include investment securities associated with asset and liability management activities.

(d)

"Other" includes differences between the total business segment financial results and our total consolidated net income. Additional detail is included in the Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review and in Note 17 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

(e)

The decreases in net income and revenue in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014 for "Other" primarily reflected a decline in net interest income, partially offset by lower income tax expense, which reflected the $75 million tax benefit recorded in the third quarter of 2015.

C ONSOLIDATED I NCOME S TATEMENT R EVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Net income for the third quarter of 2015 was $1.1 billion, an increase of 3% compared with $1.0 billion for third quarter of 2014. The increase was primarily driven by a lower effective income tax rate and slightly lower noninterest expense, partially offset by a 2% decrease in net interest income, higher provision for credit losses, and a 1% decrease in noninterest income.

For the first nine months of 2015, net income was $3.1 billion, a decrease of 1% compared with $3.2 billion for the first nine months of 2014. The decrease resulted from a 4% decline in net interest income and a 2% increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by a 4% increase in noninterest income, a lower effective income tax rate and lower provision for credit losses.

Net Interest Income

Table 4: Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin


	Three months ended September 30						Nine months ended September 30
Dollars in millions	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net interest income	$	2,062		$	2,104		$	6,186		$	6,428
Net interest margin		2.67	%		2.98	%		2.74	%		3.12	%

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis section of this Report and the discussion of purchase accounting accretion on purchased impaired loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review for additional information.

8 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Net interest income decreased by $42 million, or 2%, and $242 million, or 4%, for the third quarter and first nine months of 2015, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2014. The declines in both comparisons are reflective of the decreased purchase accounting accretion and the ongoing low rate environment, primarily resulting in lower interest-earning asset yields, partially offset by commercial and commercial real estate loan growth and higher securities balances. The year-to-date decline also reflected the impact from the second quarter 2014 correction to reclassify certain commercial facility fees from net interest income to noninterest income.

Lower net interest margins in both comparisons were driven by 28 basis point and 35 basis point declines in the yields on total interest-earning assets in the quarterly and year-to-date comparisons, respectively, which were principally due to the impact of increasing the company's liquidity position, lower loan and securities yields, and lower benefit from purchase accounting accretion. The year-to-date decline also included the impact of the second quarter 2014 correction to reclassify certain commercial facilities fees.

For full year 2015, we expect purchase accounting accretion to be down compared to 2014 by approximately $180 million to $200 million.

Noninterest Income

Table 5: Noninterest Income


	Three months ended September 30											Nine months ended September 30
						Change										Change
Dollars in millions	2015			2014		$			%			2015		2014		$			%
Noninterest income
Asset management	$	376		$	411	$	(35	)		(9	)%	$	1,168	$	1,137	$	31			3	%
Consumer services		341			320		21			7	%		986		933		53			6	%
Corporate services		384			374		10			3	%		1,097		1,018		79			8	%
Residential mortgage		125			140		(15	)		(11	)%		453		483		(30	)		(6	)%
Service charges on deposits		172			179		(7	)		(4	)%		481		482		(1	)		–	%
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities		(9	)		–		(9	)		*			41		4		37			*
Other		324			313		11			4	%		960		943		17			2	%
Total noninterest income	$	1,713		$	1,737	$	(24	)		(1	)%	$	5,186	$	5,000	$	186			4	%

*	– Not meaningful

Noninterest income decreased in the third quarter of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 mainly attributable to declines in asset management and residential mortgage, partially offset by strong fee income growth in consumer and corporate services.

Year-to-date noninterest income increased compared to the first nine months of 2014 primarily driven by strong fee income growth in consumer and corporate services and higher gains on sales of securities.

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 45% for both the third quarters of 2015 and 2014. The comparable amounts for the year-to-date periods of 2015 and 2014 were 46% and 44%, respectively.

Asset management revenue decreased in the third quarter of 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 primarily as a result of elevated third quarter 2014 revenue attributable to PNC's investment in BlackRock, partially offset by fee growth. On a year-to-date comparison, asset management revenue increased due to stronger average equity markets and

new business and reflected a benefit from a $30 million trust settlement during the second quarter of 2015. Discretionary client assets under management were $132 billion at both September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014.

Consumer service fees increased in both the quarterly and year-to-date comparisons, primarily due to growth in customer-initiated transaction volumes.

Corporate services revenue increased in both comparisons due to increased treasury management fees, partially offset by lower mergers and acquisition advisory fees. The increase in the year-to-date comparison also reflected the impact of the correction to reclassify certain commercial facility fees from net interest income to noninterest income beginning in second quarter 2014.

Residential mortgage revenue decreased in both quarterly and year-to-date comparisons mainly driven by lower loan sales revenue, reflecting the impact from the second quarter 2014 sale of previously underperforming portfolio loans and lower servicing fee revenue. The year-to-date decrease was partially

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 9

offset by higher net hedging gains on residential mortgage servicing rights.

Other noninterest income for the third quarter of 2015 included gains of $43 million on the sale of 500,000 Visa Class B common shares compared with gains of $57 million on the sale of 1 million Visa Class B common shares in the third quarter of 2014. For the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, gains on sales of Visa Class B common shares were $122 million and $173 million on the sale of 1.5 million and 3 million shares, respectively. Gains on commercial mortgage loans held for sale increased on a year-to-date basis compared to the same period in 2014.

As of September 30, 2015, we held approximately 5.4 million Visa Class B common shares with a fair value of approximately $616 million and a recorded investment of approximately $43 million.

Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review. Details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk section, and further details regarding gains or losses related to our equity investment in BlackRock are included in the Business Segments Review section.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, we expect the fee categories of noninterest income (asset management, consumer services, corporate services, residential mortgage and service charges on deposits) to remain stable compared to third quarter of 2015.

Provision For Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses increased $26 million to $81 million in the third quarter of 2015 compared to the third quarter of 2014. The provision for credit losses decreased $40 million to $181 million for first nine months of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to improved credit quality.

We expect our provision for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2015 to be between $50 million and $100 million.

The Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding factors impacting the provision for credit losses.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense decreased $5 million to $2.4 billion for the third quarter of 2015 compared to the third quarter of 2014. For the first nine months of 2015, noninterest expense increased $118 million, or 2%, to $7.1 billion compared to the same period of 2014.

Both comparisons reflected increased noninterest expense related to investments in technology and business infrastructure in support of PNC's strategic priorities and higher personnel expense associated with higher business activity. These increases were partially offset by lower asset impairment charges related to historic tax credits recorded as reductions to the associated investment asset balance beginning in the second quarter of 2015. In prior periods, these credits were recorded as a reduction to income tax expense. This change in application of historic tax credits was not material to PNC's financial results. In the quarterly comparison, expense for third party services also declined.

During the second quarter of 2015, we increased the savings goal of our annual continuous improvement program, which focuses on reducing costs in part to fund investments in technology and infrastructure, to $500 million for 2015. Through the first nine months of 2015, PNC has completed actions to capture 75% of this goal and is on track to reach the full year target.

For the fourth quarter of 2015, we expect noninterest expense to remain stable compared to third quarter 2015. We expect our full year 2015 expenses to be approximately one percent lower than full year 2014 expenses.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate was 20.0% in the third quarter of 2015, compared to 27.4% in the third quarter of 2014 and 24.3% in the first nine months of 2015 compared to 26.0% in the same period of 2014. The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits PNC receives from our investments in low income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings in other tax exempt investments.

The lower effective tax rate for both 2015 periods reflected tax benefits of $75 million attributable to effectively settling acquired entity tax contingencies offset by additions to reserves of $10 million for various tax matters. These decreases were partially offset by the impact beginning in second quarter 2015 of historic tax credits recorded as a reduction to the associated investment asset balances, while in prior periods these credits were recorded as a reduction of income tax expense.

We expect our fourth quarter of 2015 effective tax rate to be approximately 26%.

10 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

C ONSOLIDATED B ALANCE S HEET R EVIEW

Table 6: Summarized Balance Sheet Data


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015				December 31 2014				Change
				$				%
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks	$	34,224			$	31,779			$	2,445		8	%
Loans held for sale		2,060				2,262				(202	)	(9	)%
Investment securities		68,066				55,823				12,243		22	%
Loans		204,983				204,817				166		–	%
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(3,237	)			(3,331	)			94		(3	)%
Goodwill		9,103				9,103				–		–	%
Mortgage servicing rights		1,467				1,351				116		9	%
Other intangible assets		407				493				(86	)	(17	)%
Other, net		45,052				42,775				2,277		5	%
Total assets	$	362,125			$	345,072			$	17,053		5	%
Liabilities
Deposits	$	244,979			$	232,234			$	12,745		5	%
Borrowed funds		56,663				56,768				(105	)	–	%
Other		14,205				9,996				4,209		42	%
Total liabilities		315,847				298,998				16,849		6	%
Equity
Total shareholders' equity		44,948				44,551				397		1	%
Noncontrolling interests		1,330				1,523				(193	)	(13	)%
Total equity		46,278				46,074				204		–	%
Total liabilities and equity	$	362,125			$	345,072			$	17,053		5	%

The summarized balance sheet data above is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part 1, Item 1 of this Report.

PNC's balance sheet reflected asset growth and strong liquidity and capital positions at September 30, 2015.

•

Total assets increased $17.1 billion, or 5%, mainly due to an increase of $12.2 billion in investment securities driven by deposit growth and a $2.4 billion increase in interest-earning deposits with banks reflecting the impact of regulatory short-term liquidity standards phased in starting January 1, 2015.

•

Total liabilities increased $16.8 billion, or 6%, mainly due to an increase in deposits.

•

Total equity increased $.2 billion mainly due to increased retained earnings driven by net income, partially offset by share repurchases and redemption of preferred stock.

An analysis of changes in selected balance sheet categories follows.

Loans

Outstanding loan balances of $205.0 billion at September 30, 2015 and $204.8 billion at December 31, 2014 were net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $1.5 billion at September 30, 2015 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2014. The balances include purchased impaired loans but do not include future accretable net interest ( i.e. , the difference between the undiscounted expected cash flows and the carrying value of the loan) on those loans.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 11

Table 7: Details Of Loans


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014			Change
			$			%
Commercial lending
Commercial
Retail/wholesale trade	$	16,986		$	16,972		$	14		–	%
Manufacturing		19,649			18,744			905		5	%
Service providers		13,550			14,103			(553	)	(4	)%
Real estate related (a)		11,492			10,812			680		6	%
Financial services		5,511			6,178			(667	)	(11	)%
Health care		9,397			9,017			380		4	%
Other industries		20,842			21,594			(752	)	(3	)%
Total commercial		97,427			97,420			7		–	%
Commercial real estate
Real estate projects (b)		15,333			14,577			756		5	%
Commercial mortgage		10,760			8,685			2,075		24	%
Total commercial real estate		26,093			23,262			2,831		12	%
Equipment lease financing		7,644			7,686			(42	)	(1	)%
Total commercial lending (c)		131,164			128,368			2,796		2	%
Consumer lending
Home equity
Lines of credit		19,309			20,361			(1,052	)	(5	)%
Installment		13,697			14,316			(619	)	(4	)%
Total home equity		33,006			34,677			(1,671	)	(5	)%
Residential real estate
Residential mortgage		14,038			13,885			153		1	%
Residential construction		454			522			(68	)	(13	)%
Total residential real estate		14,492			14,407			85		1	%
Credit card		4,600			4,612			(12	)	–	%
Other consumer
Education		6,070			6,626			(556	)	(8	)%
Automobile		11,039			11,616			(577	)	(5	)%
Other		4,612			4,511			101		2	%
Total consumer lending		73,819			76,449			(2,630	)	(3	)%
Total loans	$	204,983		$	204,817		$	166		–	%

(a)	Includes loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.

(b)	Includes both construction loans and intermediate financing for projects.

(c)	Construction loans with interest reserves and A/B Note restructurings are not significant to PNC.

The slight increase in loans was the result of an increase in total commercial lending driven by commercial real estate loans, offset by a decline in consumer lending due to lower home equity, automobile and education loans.

Loans represented 57% of total assets at September 30, 2015 and 59% at December 31, 2014. Commercial lending represented 64% of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2015 and 63% at December 31, 2014. Consumer lending represented 36% of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2015 and 37% at December 31, 2014.

Commercial real estate loans represented 13% of total loans at September 30, 2015 and 11% of total loans at December 31, 2014 and represented 7% of total assets at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. See the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our loan portfolio.

Total loans above include purchased impaired loans of $4.2 billion, or 2% of total loans, at September 30, 2015, and $4.9 billion, or 2% of total loans, at December 31, 2014.

12 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Our loan portfolio continued to be diversified among numerous industries, types of businesses and consumers across our principal geographic markets.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL)

Information regarding our higher risk loans and ALLL is included in the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review and Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 3 Asset Quality and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part 1, Item 1 of this Report.

Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans

Information related to purchase accounting accretion and accretable yield for the third quarter and first nine months of 2015 and 2014 follows. Additional information on our policies for ALLL for purchased impaired loans is provided in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report. A description of our purchased impaired loan accounting and loan data is included in Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

Table 8: Accretion – Purchased Impaired Loans


	Three months ended September 30						Nine months ended September 30
In millions	2015			2014			2015			2014
Accretion on purchased impaired loans
Scheduled accretion	$	88		$	109		$	279		$	354
Reversal of contractual interest on impaired loans		(57	)		(57	)		(164	)		(195	)
Scheduled accretion net of contractual interest		31			52			115			159
Excess cash recoveries (a)		19			31			80			95
Total	$	50		$	83		$	195		$	254

(a)	Relates to excess cash recoveries for purchased impaired commercial loans.

Table 9: Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Yield


In millions	2015			2014
January 1	$	1,558		$	2,055
Accretion (including excess cash recoveries)		(359	)		(449	)
Net reclassification to accretable from non-accretable and other activity (a)		218			237
Disposals		(66	)		(24	)
September 30 (b)	$	1,351		$	1,819

(a)

Approximately 66% and 68% of the net reclassification for the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, respectively, were driven by the consumer portfolio and were due to improvements of cash expected to be collected on loans in future periods. The remaining net reclassifications were predominantly due to future cash flow changes in the commercial portfolio.

(b)	As of September 30, 2015, we estimate that the reversal of contractual interest on purchased impaired loans will total approximately $0.7 billion in future periods. This will offset the total net accretable interest in future interest income of $1.4 billion on purchased impaired loans.

Information related to the valuation of purchased impaired loans at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 follows.

Table 10: Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
Dollars in millions	Balance			Net Investment			Balance			Net Investment
Commercial and commercial real estate loans:
Outstanding balance (a)	$	296					$	466
Recorded investment	$	204					$	310
Allowance for loan losses		(67	)					(79	)
Net investment/Carrying value	$	137			46	%	$	231			50	%
Consumer and residential real estate loans:
Outstanding balance (a)	$	3,854					$	4,541
Recorded investment	$	3,963					$	4,548
Allowance for loan losses		(751	)					(793	)
Net investment/Carrying value	$	3,212			83	%	$	3,755			83	%
Total purchased impaired loans:
Outstanding balance (a)	$	4,150					$	5,007
Recorded investment	$	4,167					$	4,858
Allowance for loan losses		(818	)					(872	)
Net investment/Carrying value	$	3,349			81	%	$	3,986			80	%

(a)

Outstanding balance represents the balance on the loan servicing system for active loans. It is possible for the outstanding balance to be lower than the recorded investment for certain loans due to the use of pool accounting. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information on purchased impaired loans.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 13

At September 30, 2015, our largest individual purchased impaired loan had a recorded investment of $9 million. We currently expect to collect total cash flows of $4.7 billion on purchased impaired loans, representing the $3.3 billion net investment at September 30, 2015 and the accretable net interest of $1.4 billion shown in Table 9.

Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios

The table below provides the weighted average life (WAL) for each of the purchased impaired portfolios as of September 30, 2015.

Table 11: Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios


As of September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	Recorded Investment		WAL (a)
Commercial	$	43		2.1 years
Commercial real estate		161		1.4 years
Consumer (b)		1,753		4.0 years
Residential real estate		2,210		4.7 years
Total	$	4,167		4.2 years

(a)	Weighted average life represents the average number of years for which each dollar of unpaid principal remains outstanding.

(b)	Portfolio primarily consists of nonrevolving home equity products.

Through the National City Corporation (National City) and RBC Bank (USA) acquisitions, we acquired purchased impaired loans with a recorded investment of $14.7 billion. As noted in Table 11 above, at September 30, 2015, those balances are now $4.2 billion, of which $4.0 billion in consumer and residential real estate loans is accounted for using pool accounting. In anticipation of the end of the life of our purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans and pursuant to supervisory direction received regarding such loans, we will change our derecognition policy for these loans effective December 31, 2015. Pursuant to this change in policy, we will remove loans that have been paid off, sold, short sold, foreclosed upon, or that have nominal collateral value/expected cash flows from our loan pools. The result of this change will accelerate the derecognition of a pool's recorded investment and associated ALLL balance. As the loans that will be removed effective December 31, 2015 have been fully reserved for, this change will not impact the net carrying values of the pools, accretion accounting or result in additional provision for credit losses for purchased impaired loans that are pooled, as a pool's recorded investment and associated ALLL balance will be reduced in equal amounts. Upon implementation of this policy change in the fourth quarter of 2015, which is immaterial to our financial statements taken as a whole, we estimate that the recorded investment and associated ALLL balances for our purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans will each be reduced by approximately $475 million. These amounts represent the net loss from loan dispositions or expected cash flow shortfalls that have been retained as part of the pools' recorded investment per our accounting for the pool

as a single asset. We expect the future impact of this policy change to the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Balance Sheet to be immaterial on a quarterly basis. See Note 4 Purchased Loans and Note 5 Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

The following table represents on a proforma basis as of September 30, 2015 the estimated impact of the change in our derecognition policy to total ALLL, total loans and ratio of total ALLL to total loans.

Table 12: Estimated Derecognition Impact – Total ALLL to Total Loans


	September 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)	Actual			Adjustment (a)			Proforma
Total ALLL	$	3,237		$	(475	)	$	2,762
Total Loans		204,983			(475	)		204,508
Ratio of Total ALLL to Total Loans		1.58	%					1.35	%

(a)	The estimated reduction of ALLL and corresponding reduction in the purchased impaired loans recorded investment as of September 30, 2015 would be approximately the same as the expected amounts as of December 31, 2015.

Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Difference Sensitivity Analysis

The following table provides a sensitivity analysis on the Total Purchased Impaired Loans portfolio. The analysis reflects hypothetical changes in key drivers for expected cash flows over the life of the loans under declining and improving conditions at a point in time. Any unusual significant economic events or changes, as well as other variables not considered below ( e.g ., natural or widespread disasters), could result in impacts outside of the ranges represented below. Additionally, commercial and commercial real estate loan settlements or sales proceeds can vary widely from appraised values due to a number of factors including, but not limited to, special use considerations, liquidity premiums and improvements/deterioration in other income sources.

Table 13: Accretable Difference Sensitivity – Total Purchased Impaired Loans


In billions	September 30, 2015			Declining Scenario (a)			Improving Scenario (b)
Expected cash flows	$	4.7		$	(.1	)	$	.2
Accretable difference		1.4			–			–
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(.8	)		(.1	)		.2

(a)

Declining Scenario – Reflects hypothetical changes that would decrease future cash flow expectations. For consumer loans, we assume home price forecast decreases by ten percent and unemployment rate forecast increases by two percentage points; for commercial loans, we assume that collateral values decrease by ten percent.

(b)

Improving Scenario – Reflects hypothetical changes that would increase future cash flow expectations. For consumer loans, we assume home price forecast increases by ten percent, unemployment rate forecast decreases by two percentage points and interest rate forecast increases by two percentage points; for commercial loans, we assume that collateral values increase by ten percent.

14 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The present value impact of declining cash flows is primarily reflected as an immediate impairment charge resulting in a provision for credit losses and an increase to the allowance for loan and lease losses. The present value impact of increased cash flows is first recognized as a reversal of the allowance with any additional cash flow increases reflected as an increase in accretable yield over the life of the loan.

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitment to extend credit comprise the following:

Table 14: Commitments to Extend Credit (a)


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Total commercial lending	$	100,323	$	98,742
Home equity lines of credit		17,350		17,839
Credit card		19,622		17,833
Other		4,075		4,178
Total	$	141,370	$	138,592

(a)	Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions.

In addition to the credit commitments set forth in the table above, our net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $9.1 billion at September 30, 2015 and $10.0 billion at December 31, 2014. Standby letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of our customers if specified future events occur.

Information regarding our commitments to extend credit and our allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit and Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part 1, Item 1 of this Report.

I NVESTMENT S ECURITIES

The following table presents the distribution of our investment securities portfolio by credit rating. We have included credit ratings information because we believe that the information is an indicator of the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Changes in credit ratings classifications could indicate increased or decreased credit risk and could be accompanied by a reduction or increase in the fair value of our investment securities portfolio. For those securities on our balance sheet at September 30, 2015, where during our quarterly security-level impairment assessments we determined losses represented other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI), we have recorded cumulative credit losses of $1.1 billion in earnings and accordingly have reduced the amortized cost of our securities. The majority of these cumulative impairment charges related to non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities rated BB or lower.

Table 15: Investment Securities


	September 30, 2015				December 31, 2014				Ratings (a) As of September 30, 2015
Dollars in millions	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		AAA/ AA			A			BBB			BB and Lower			No Rating
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	8,368	$	8,593	$	5,485	$	5,714		100	%
Agency residential mortgage-backed		33,185		33,685		23,382		23,935		100
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed		4,392		4,591		4,993		5,225		10			1	%		2	%		82	%		5	%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed		3,077		3,155		3,378		3,440		100
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (b)		5,477		5,544		5,095		5,191		77			12			2			3			6
Asset-backed (c)		5,921		5,950		5,900		5,940		89			3						7			1
State and municipal		3,972		4,140		3,995		4,191		88			6									6
Other debt		2,157		2,194		2,099		2,142		56			35			9
Corporate stock and other		576		576		442		441														100
Total investment securities (d)	$	67,125	$	68,428	$	54,769	$	56,219		88	%		3	%		1	%		6	%		2	%

(a)	Ratings percentages allocated based on amortized cost.

(b)	Collateralized primarily by retail properties, office buildings, lodging properties and multi-family housing.

(c)	Collateralized primarily by government guaranteed student loans and other consumer credit products and corporate debt.

(d)	Includes available for sale and held to maturity securities.

Investment securities represented 19% of total assets at September 30, 2015 and 16% at December 31, 2014.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 15

We evaluate our investment securities portfolio in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where appropriate, take steps to improve our overall positioning. We consider the portfolio to be well-diversified and of high quality. At September 30, 2015, 88% of the securities in the portfolio were rated AAA/AA, with U.S. Treasury and government agencies, agency residential mortgage-backed and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities collectively representing 66% of the portfolio.

The investment securities portfolio includes both available for sale and held to maturity securities. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses, representing the difference between amortized cost and fair value, included in Shareholders' equity as Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities classified as held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. As of September 30, 2015, the amortized cost and fair value of available for sale securities totaled $52.7 billion and $53.7 billion, respectively, compared to an amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2014 of $43.2 billion and $44.2 billion, respectively. The amortized cost and fair value of held to maturity securities were $14.4 billion and $14.8 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2015, compared to $11.6 billion and $12.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase and vice versa. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads widen and vice versa. Net unrealized gains in the total investment securities portfolio decreased to $1.3 billion at September 30, 2015 from $1.5 billion at December 31, 2014. The comparable amounts for the securities available for sale portfolio were $.9 billion at September 30, 2015 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2014.

Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt securities do not impact liquidity. However these gains and losses do affect capital under the regulatory capital rules. Also, a change in the securities' credit ratings could impact the liquidity of the securities and may be indicative of a change in credit quality, which could affect our risk-weighted assets and, therefore, our risk-based regulatory capital ratios under the regulatory capital rules. In addition, the amount representing the credit-related portion of OTTI on securities would reduce our earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

The duration of investment securities was 2.5 years at September 30, 2015. We estimate that, at September 30, 2015, the effective duration of investment securities was 2.7 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 2.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 for the effective duration of investment securities were 2.2 years and 2.1 years, respectively.

Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the weighed-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio (excluding corporate stock and other) was 4.4 years at September 30, 2015 compared to 4.3 years at December 31, 2014. The weighted-average expected maturities of mortgage and other asset-backed debt securities were as follows as of September 30, 2015:

Table 16: Weighted-Average Expected Maturity of Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Debt Securities


September 30, 2015	Years
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities		4.2
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities		5.4
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities		3.2
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities		3.1
Asset-backed securities		3.0

At least quarterly, we conduct a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment on all securities. If economic conditions, including home prices, were to deteriorate from current levels, and if market volatility and liquidity were to deteriorate from current levels, or if market interest rates were to increase or credit spreads were to widen appreciably, the valuation of our investment securities portfolio would likely be adversely affected and we could incur additional OTTI credit losses that would impact our Consolidated Income Statement.

Additional information regarding our investment securities is included in Note 6 Investment Securities and Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Loans Held for Sale

T able 17: Loans Held For Sale


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Commercial mortgages at fair value	$	802	$	893
Commercial mortgages at lower of cost or fair value		58		29
Total commercial mortgages		860		922
Residential mortgages at fair value		1,086		1,261
Residential mortgages at lower of cost or fair value		42		18
Total residential mortgages		1,128		1,279
Other		72		61
Total	$	2,060	$	2,262

As of September 1, 2014, we have elected to apply the fair value option to commercial mortgage loans held for sale to agencies. This election applies to all new commercial

16 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

mortgage loans held for sale that have been originated for sale to the agencies effective on or after September 1, 2014. The election of fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related commitments to sell the loans.

We sold $3.0 billion of commercial mortgage loans to agencies during the first nine months of 2015 compared to $2.0 billion during the first nine months of 2014. Total gains of $64 million were recognized on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, during the first nine months of 2015, including $13 million in the third quarter. Comparable amounts for 2014 were $49 million and $20 million, respectively. These amounts are included in Other noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

Residential mortgage loan origination volume was $8.2 billion during the first nine months of 2015 compared to $7.1 billion during the first nine months of 2014. The majority of such loans were originated under agency or Federal Housing

Administration (FHA) standards. We sold $6.2 billion of loans and recognized loan sales revenue of $278 million during the first nine months of 2015, including $75 million in the third quarter. The comparable amounts for the first nine months of 2014 were $6.4 billion and $327 million, respectively, including $85 million in the third quarter. These loan sales revenue amounts are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

Interest income on loans held for sale was $68 million during the first nine months of 2015, including $22 million in the third quarter. Comparable amounts for 2014 were $73 million and $26 million, respectively. These amounts are included in Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

Additional information regarding our loan sale and servicing activities is included in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities and Note 7 Fair Value in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part 1, Item 1 of this Report.

Funding Sources

Table 18: Details Of Funding Sources


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014			Change
			$			%
Deposits
Money market	$	125,135		$	115,438		$	9,697		8	%
Demand		83,632			82,829			803		1	%
Retail certificates of deposit		18,337			18,544			(207	)	(1	)%
Savings		15,330			12,571			2,759		22	%
Time deposits in foreign offices and other time deposits		2,545			2,852			(307	)	(11	)%
Total deposits		244,979			232,234			12,745		5	%
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		2,077			3,510			(1,433	)	(41	)%
FHLB borrowings		21,664			20,005			1,659		8	%
Bank notes and senior debt		19,749			15,750			3,999		25	%
Subordinated debt		9,242			9,151			91		1	%
Commercial paper		1,125			4,995			(3,870	)	(77	)%
Other		2,806			3,357			(551	)	(16	)%
Total borrowed funds		56,663			56,768			(105	)	–	%
Total funding sources	$	301,642		$	289,002		$	12,640		4	%

See the Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our 2015 capital and liquidity activities.

Total deposits increased $12.7 billion at September 30, 2015 compared with December 31, 2014 due to strong growth in money market, savings and demand deposits, partially offset by time deposits in foreign offices and other time deposits and retail certificates of deposit. Interest-bearing deposits represented 68% of total deposits at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 17

Total borrowed funds decreased $.1 billion since December 31, 2014 as a decline in commercial paper, federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements, and other borrowed funds were partially offset by higher issuances of bank notes and senior debt and FHLB borrowings. The changes in the composition of funding sources are attributable to PNC's actions to enhance its funding structure in light of regulatory liquidity standards and a rating agency methodology change.

Capital

We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing debt, equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions, managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

We repurchase shares of PNC common stock under common stock repurchase authorizations approved from time to time by PNC's Board of Directors and consistent with capital plans submitted to, and accepted by, the Federal Reserve. Through the first quarter of 2015, we repurchased stock under our 2007 common stock repurchase program authorization that permitted us to purchase up to 25 million shares of PNC common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Effective as of March 31, 2015, PNC's Board of Directors approved the termination of the 2007 common stock repurchase program authorization, and replaced it with a new stock repurchase program authorization in the amount of 100 million shares of PNC common stock, effective April 1, 2015. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this authorization will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, the potential impact on our credit ratings, contractual and regulatory limitations, and the results of future supervisory assessments of capital adequacy and capital planning processes undertaken by the Federal Reserve as part of the CCAR process.

In the first quarter of 2015, we completed our common stock repurchase programs for the four quarter period that began in second quarter 2014 with total repurchases over that period of 17.3 million common shares for $1.5 billion. These repurchases were included in our 2014 capital plan accepted by the Federal Reserve as part of our 2014 CCAR submission.

In connection with the 2015 CCAR process, we submitted our 2015 capital plan, as approved by PNC's Board of Directors, to the Federal Reserve in January 2015. The Federal Reserve accepted the capital plan and did not object to our proposed capital actions in March 2015. As provided for in the 2015 capital plan, we announced new share repurchase programs of up to $2.875 billion for the five quarter period beginning in the second quarter of 2015. These programs include repurchases of up to $375 million over the five quarter period related to stock issuances under employee benefit-related programs.

In the first quarter of 2015, PNC repurchased 4.4 million common shares for $.4 billion. In the second quarter of 2015, PNC repurchased 5.9 million common shares for $.6 billion. In the third quarter of 2015, PNC repurchased 6.2 million common shares for $.6 billion. All of these repurchases were under the authorizations and programs then in effect, as described above.

Under the Federal Reserve's capital plan rule, a bank holding company must resubmit a new capital plan prior to the annual submission date if, among other things, there has been or will be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile, financial condition, or corporate structure since its last capital plan submission.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business of our 2014 Form 10-K for further information concerning the CCAR process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans and the Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Capital Highlights portion of the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for the impact of the Federal Reserve's current supervisory assessment of the capital adequacy program.

Table 19: Shareholders' Equity


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014			Change
			$			%
Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock (a)
Common stock	$	2,708		$	2,705		$	3		–	%
Capital surplus – preferred stock		3,450			3,946			(496	)	(13	)%
Capital surplus – common stock and other		12,675			12,627			48		–	%
Retained earnings		28,337			26,200			2,137		8	%
Accumulated other comprehensive income		615			503			112		22	%
Common stock held in treasury at cost		(2,837	)		(1,430	)		(1,407	)	(98	)%
Total shareholders' equity	$	44,948		$	44,551		$	397		1	%

(a)	Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

18 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The increase in total shareholders' equity compared to December 31, 2014 was mainly due to a $2.1 billion increase in retained earnings, partially offset by common share repurchases of $1.6 billion and the redemption of $500 million of preferred stock. The increase in retained earnings was driven by net income of $3.1 billion, reduced by $957 million of common and preferred dividends declared and continued share repurchases. Common shares outstanding were 510 million at September 30, 2015 and 523 million at December 31, 2014.

Table 20: Basel III Capital


	September 30, 2015
Dollars in millions	Transitional Basel III (a)			Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III (b)(c)
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock	$	12,546		$	12,546
Retained earnings		28,337			28,337
Accumulated other comprehensive income for securities currently and previously held as available for sale		257			642
Accumulated other comprehensive income for pension and other postretirement plans		(193	)		(483	)
Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities		(8,845	)		(8,845	)
Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities		(141	)		(352	)
Other adjustments/(deductions)		(111	)		(148	)
Total common equity Tier 1 capital before threshold deductions		31,850			31,697
Total threshold deductions		(448	)		(1,135	)
Common equity Tier 1 capital		31,402			30,562
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock plus related surplus		3,450			3,450
Trust preferred capital securities		50
Noncontrolling interests (d)		604			45
Other adjustments/(deductions)		(91	)		(107	)
Tier 1 capital		35,415			33,950
Additional Tier 2 capital
Qualifying subordinated debt		4,709			4,298
Trust preferred capital securities		149
Allowance for loan and lease losses included in Tier 2 capital		3,502			356
Other		6			10
Total Basel III capital	$	43,781		$	38,614
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (e)	$	295,384		$	303,343
Estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets (f)		N/A			284,215
Average quarterly adjusted total assets		348,477			347,541
Supplementary leverage exposure (g)		411,182			410,369
Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios
Common equity Tier 1		10.6	%		10.1	%(h)(j)
Tier 1		12.0			11.2	(h)(k)
Total		14.8			13.6	(i)(l)
Leverage (m)		10.2			9.8
Supplementary leverage ratio (n)		8.6			8.3

(a)	Calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC during 2015.

(b)

PNC utilizes the pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios to assess its capital position (without the benefit of phase-ins), including comparison to similar estimates made by other financial institutions. Pro forma fully phased-in capital amounts, ratios and risk-weighted and leverage-related assets are estimated.

(c)

Basel III capital ratios and estimates may be impacted by additional regulatory guidance or analysis and, in the case of those ratios calculated using the advanced approaches, the ongoing evolution, validation and regulatory approval of PNC's models integral to the calculation of advanced approaches risk-weighted assets.

(d)	Primarily includes REIT Preferred Securities.

(e)	Includes credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(f)	Includes credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets.

(g)	Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures including undrawn credit commitments and derivative potential future exposures.

(h)	Pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratio based on estimated Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets and rules.

(i)	Pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratio based on estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets and rules.

(j)

For comparative purposes only, the pro forma fully phased-in advanced approaches Basel III Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is 10.8%. This capital ratio is calculated using pro forma fully phased-in Common equity Tier 1 capital and dividing by estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets.

(k)	For comparative purposes only, the pro forma fully phased-in advanced approaches Basel III Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio estimate is 12.0%. This capital ratio is calculated using fully phased-in Tier 1 capital and dividing by estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets.

(l)

For comparative purposes only, the pro forma fully phased-in standardized approach Basel III Total capital risk-based capital ratio estimate is 13.8%. This ratio is calculated using fully phased-in additional Tier 2 capital which, under the standardized approach, reflects allowance for loan and lease losses of up to 1.25% of credit risk related risk-weighted assets and dividing by estimated Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets.

(m)	Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets.

(n)	Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure. As advanced approaches banking organizations, PNC and PNC Bank will be subject to a 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio effective January 1, 2018.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 19

The Basel II framework, which was adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in 2004, seeks to provide more risk-sensitive regulatory capital calculations and promote enhanced risk management practices among large, internationally active banking organizations. The U.S. banking agencies initially adopted rules to implement the Basel II capital framework in 2004. In July 2013, the U.S. banking agencies adopted final rules (referred to as the advanced approaches) that modified the Basel II framework effective January 1, 2014. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information. Prior to fully implementing the advanced approaches to calculate risk-weighted assets, PNC and PNC Bank must successfully complete a "parallel run" qualification phase. Both PNC and PNC Bank entered this parallel run phase on January 1, 2013. Although the minimum parallel run qualification period is four quarters, the parallel run period for PNC and PNC Bank, now in its third year, is consistent with the experience of other U.S. advanced approaches banks that have all had multi-year parallel run periods. After PNC exits parallel run, its regulatory risk-based capital ratio for each measure ( e.g. , Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio) will be the lower of the ratios as calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approaches.

As a result of the staggered effective dates of the final U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules (Basel III rules), as well as the fact that PNC remains in the parallel run qualification phase for the advanced approaches, PNC's regulatory risk-based ratios in 2015 are calculated using the standardized approach, effective January 1, 2015, for determining risk-weighted assets, and the definitions of, and deductions from, regulatory capital under the Basel III rules (as such definitions and deductions are phased-in for 2015). We refer to the capital ratios calculated using the phased-in Basel III provisions in effect for 2015 and, for the risk-based ratios, standardized approach risk-weighted assets as the 2015 Transitional Basel III ratios. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, past due exposures, equity exposures and securitization exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures.

Under the Basel III rules adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, significant common stock investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets must be deducted from capital (subject to a phase-in schedule) to the extent they individually exceed 10%, or in the aggregate exceed 15%, of the institution's adjusted common equity Tier 1 capital. Also, Basel III regulatory capital includes (subject to a phase-in schedule) accumulated other comprehensive income related to securities currently and previously held as available for sale, as well as pension and other postretirement plans.

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. bank holding companies, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. bank holding companies, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and believe that our September 30, 2015 capital levels were aligned with them.

At September 30, 2015, PNC and PNC Bank, our sole bank subsidiary, were both considered "well capitalized," based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as "well capitalized" during 2015, PNC and PNC Bank must have Transitional Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for Common equity Tier 1 capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based and 10% for Total risk-based, and PNC Bank is required to have a Transitional Basel III leverage ratio of at least 5%.

The access to and cost of funding for new business initiatives, the ability to undertake new business initiatives including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares or other capital instruments, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial institution's capital strength.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts on PNC in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 20 Regulatory Matters in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

20 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

O FF -B ALANCE S HEET A RRANGEMENTS AND V ARIABLE I NTEREST E NTITIES

We engage in a variety of activities that involve unconsolidated entities or that are otherwise not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are generally referred to as "off-balance sheet arrangements." Additional information on these types of activities is included in our 2014 Form 10-K and in the following sections of this Report:

•

Commitments, including contractual obligations and other commitments, included within the Risk Management section of this Financial Review,

•

Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements,

•

Note 9 Capital Securities of a Subsidiary Trust and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements, and

•

Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

PNC consolidates variable interest entities (VIEs) when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE.

A summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements, as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is included in Note 2 of this Report.

Trust Preferred Securities

We are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments, in connection with $206 million in principal amount of an outstanding junior subordinated debenture associated with $200 million of trust preferred securities that were issued by PNC Capital Trust C, a subsidiary statutory trust (both amounts as of September 30, 2015). Generally, if there is (i) an event of default under the debenture, (ii) PNC elects to defer interest on the debenture, (iii) PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred security issued by the statutory trust or (iv) there is a default under PNC's guarantee of such payment obligations, as specified in the applicable governing documents, then PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II. See Note 12 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K for information on contractual limitations on dividend payments resulting from securities issued by PNC Preferred Funding Trust I and PNC Preferred Funding Trust II.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 21

F AIR V ALUE M EASUREMENTS

In addition to the following, see Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for further information regarding fair value.

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and the portions of such assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs.

Table 21: Fair Value Measurements – Summary


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
Dollars in millions	Total Fair Value			Level 3			Total Fair Value			Level 3
Total assets	$	68,612		$	9,384		$	58,973		$	10,257
Total assets at fair value as a percentage of consolidated assets		19	%					17	%
Level 3 assets as a percentage of total assets at fair value					14	%					17	%
Level 3 assets as a percentage of consolidated assets					3	%					3	%
Total liabilities	$	5,783		$	515		$	5,799		$	716
Total liabilities at fair value as a percentage of consolidated liabilities		2	%					2	%
Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total liabilities at fair value					9	%					12	%
Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of consolidated liabilities					<1	%					<1	%

The majority of assets recorded at fair value are included in the securities available for sale portfolio. The majority of Level 3 assets represent non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities in the securities available for sale portfolio, equity investments and mortgage servicing rights.

An instrument's categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. PNC's policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period. For additional information regarding the transfers of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels, see Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

B USINESS S EGMENTS R EVIEW

We have six reportable business segments:

•

Retail Banking

•

Corporate & Institutional Banking

•

Asset Management Group

•

Residential Mortgage Banking

•

BlackRock

•

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

Business segment results, including inter-segment revenues, and a description of each business are included in Note 17 Segment Reporting included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report. Certain amounts included in this Financial Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 17 primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. Note 17 presents results of businesses for the first nine months and third quarter of 2015 and 2014.

Net interest income in business segment results reflects PNC's internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors. In the first quarter of 2015, enhancements were made to PNC's funds transfer pricing methodology primarily for costs related to the new regulatory short-term liquidity standards. The enhancements incorporate an additional charge assigned to assets, including for unfunded loan commitments. Conversely, a higher transfer pricing credit has been assigned to those deposits that are accorded higher value under LCR rules for liquidity purposes. Please see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 and the Liquidity Risk Management section in Item 7 of our 2014 Form 10-K for more information about the LCR. These adjustments apply to business segment results, primarily favorably impacting Retail Banking and adversely impacting Corporate & Institutional Banking, prospectively beginning with the first quarter of 2015. Prior periods have not been adjusted due to the impracticability of estimating the impact of the change for prior periods.

22 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Retail Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 22: Retail Banking Table


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions, except as noted	2015			2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	3,152		$	2,938
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposits		459			461
Brokerage		212			176
Consumer services		747			714
Other		234			240
Total noninterest income		1,652			1,591
Total revenue		4,804			4,529
Provision for credit losses		151			223
Noninterest expense		3,558			3,430
Pretax earnings		1,095			876
Income taxes		401			320
Earnings	$	694		$	556
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer
Home equity	$	27,810		$	28,985
Indirect auto		9,318			9,093
Indirect other		559			726
Education		6,402			7,314
Credit cards		4,476			4,327
Other		2,383			2,200
Total consumer		50,948			52,645
Commercial and commercial real estate		10,580			10,924
Floor plan		2,164			2,227
Residential mortgage		704			618
Total loans		64,396			66,414
Goodwill and other intangible assets		5,975			6,043
Other assets		3,059			2,807
Total assets	$	73,430		$	75,264
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	23,353		$	21,890
Interest-bearing demand		36,009			33,889
Money market		54,775			49,945
Total transaction deposits		114,137			105,724
Savings		13,471			11,713
Certificates of deposit		16,763			19,314
Total deposits		144,371			136,751
Other liabilities		612			440
Total liabilities	$	144,983		$	137,191
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		1.26	%		.99	%
Noninterest income to total revenue		34			35
Efficiency		74			76
Other Information (a)
Credit-related statistics :
Commercial nonperforming assets	$	116		$	146
Consumer nonperforming assets		976			1,037
Total nonperforming assets (b)	$	1,092		$	1,183
Purchased impaired loans (c)	$	516		$	600
Commercial lending net (recoveries) charge-offs	$	(5	)	$	33
Credit card lending net charge-offs		104			109
Consumer lending (excluding credit card) net charge-offs		152			212
Total net charge-offs	$	251		$	354
Commercial lending annualized net (recovery) charge-off ratio		(.06	)%		.34	%
Credit card lending annualized net charge-off ratio		3.11	%		3.37	%
Consumer lending (excluding credit card) annualized net charge-off ratio		.43	%		.58	%
Total annualized net charge-off ratio		.52	%		.71	%


At September 30	2015			2014
Other Information (Continued) (a)
Home equity portfolio credit statistics : (d)
% of first lien positions at origination (e)		56	%		53	%
Weighted-average loan-to-value ratios (LTVs) (e) (f)		74	%		78	%
Weighted-average updated FICO scores (g)		751			747
Annualized net charge-off ratio		.31	%		.55	%
Delinquency data – % of total loans: (h)
Loans 30 – 59 days past due		.20	%		.19	%
Loans 60 – 89 days past due		.09	%		.07	%
Accruing loans past due		.29	%		.26	%
Nonperforming loans		3.09	%		3.04	%
Other statistics :
ATMs		8,996			8,178
Branches (i)		2,645			2,691
Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (j)	$	42		$	43
Customer-related statistics (average) :
Non-teller deposit transactions (k)		43	%		34	%
Digital consumer customers (l)		52	%		45	%

(a)	Presented as of September 30, except for net charge-offs, net charge-off ratios, which are for the nine months ended and customer-related statistics which are averages for the nine months ended.

(b)	Includes nonperforming loans of $1.0 billion at September 30, 2015 and $1.1 billion at September 30, 2014.

(c)	Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

(d)	Lien position, LTV and FICO statistics are based upon customer balances.

(e)	Lien position and LTV calculations reflect management assumptions where data limitations exist.

(f)	LTV statistics are based upon current information.

(g)	Represents FICO scores that are updated at least quarterly.

(h)	Data based upon recorded investment. Past due amounts exclude purchased impaired loans, even if contractually past due, as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

(i)	Excludes satellite offices ( e.g. , drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.

(j)	Amounts include cash and money market balances.

(k)	Percentage of total consumer and business banking deposit transactions processed at an ATM or through our mobile banking application.

(l)	Represents consumer checking relationships that process the majority of their transactions through non-teller channels.

Retail Banking earned $694 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with earnings of $556 million for the same period a year ago. The increase in earnings was driven by increased net interest income and noninterest income and lower provision for credit losses partially offset by higher noninterest expense. Noninterest income included lower gains on sales of Visa Class B common shares.

Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product offerings that drive product value for consumers and small businesses. We are focused on growing customer share of wallet through the sale of liquidity, banking, and investment products.

Retail Banking continued to focus on the strategic priority of transforming the customer experience through transaction migration, branch network transformation and multi-channel sales strategies.

•

In the first nine months of 2015, approximately 52% of consumer customers used non-teller channels for the majority of their transactions compared with 45% for the same period in 2014.

•

Deposit transactions via ATM and mobile channels increased to 43% of total deposit transactions in the first nine months of 2015 compared with 34% for the same period a year ago.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 23

•

Integral to PNC's retail branch transformation strategy, more than 300 branches operate under the universal model designed to enhance sales opportunities for branch personnel, in part, by driving higher ATM and mobile deposits. During the first nine months of 2015, the total branch network was reduced by 52 branches and the ATM network was increased by 391 ATMs. PNC had a network of 2,645 branches and 8,996 ATMs at September 30, 2015.

•

Instant debit card issuance, which enables us to print a customer's debit card in a matter of minutes, is now available in more than 500 branches, approximately 20% of the branch network.

•

At the end of third quarter, Apple iPad™ technology was available in the majority of our branches to demonstrate product capabilities to customers and prospects. The remainder of the branch network will have this technology by year-end.

Total revenue for the first nine months of 2015 increased $275 million compared to the same period a year ago, which included a $214 million increase in net interest income primarily from the enhancements to internal funds transfer pricing methodology in the first quarter of 2015.

Noninterest income increased $61 million compared to the first nine months of 2014. Noninterest income included gains on sales of Visa Class B common shares of $122 million on 1.5 million shares and $173 million on three million shares, in the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, respectively. Excluding these gains, noninterest income increased $112 million, or 8%, in the comparison. Execution on our share of wallet strategy resulted in increased fee income from payment-related products, specifically in debit, credit and merchant services, as well as increased brokerage fees.

Provision for credit losses and net charge-offs in the first nine months of 2015 declined by $72 million and $103 million, respectively, in the comparison to the same period a year ago due to improved credit quality.

Noninterest expense increased $128 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Increases in technology investments, sales-related and other compensation, marketing, and customer transaction-related costs were offset by reduced third party service expense and lower branch network expenses as a result of transaction migration to lower cost digital and ATM channels.

Growing core checking deposits is key to Retail Banking's growth and to providing a source of low-cost funding and liquidity to PNC. The deposit product strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing, target specific products and markets for growth, and focus on the retention and growth of customer balances. In the first nine months of 2015, average total deposits increased $7.6 billion, or 6%, compared with the same period in 2014.

•

Organic deposit growth drove the increases in average transaction deposits and savings deposits,

which increased $8.4 billion and $1.8 billion, or 8% and 15%, respectively, in the comparison. Transaction deposits include demand and money market deposits, which increased $3.6 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively.

•

The expected run-off of maturing certificates of deposit partially offset these increases, reflecting a decline of $2.6 billion, or 13%, in the comparison.

Retail Banking continued to focus on a relationship-based lending strategy that targets specific products and markets for growth. In the first nine months of 2015, average total loans declined $2.0 billion, or 3%, compared to the same period a year ago, driven by a decline in home equity loans and declines from run-off of non-strategic portions of the portfolios, as more fully described below.

•

Average home equity loans decreased $1.2 billion, or 4%, compared to the first nine months of 2014. The overall portfolio decline resulted from pay-downs and payoffs on loans exceeding new booked volume, consistent with lower mortgage demand. Retail Banking's home equity loan portfolio is relationship based, with 97% of the portfolio attributable to borrowers in our primary geographic footprint.

•

Average commercial & commercial real estate loans declined $344 million, or 3%, as pay-downs and payoffs on loans exceeded new volume.

•

Average auto dealer floor plan loans declined $63 million, or 3%, in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, primarily resulting from lower dealer line utilization.

•

Average indirect auto loans increased $225 million, or 2%, compared to the first nine months of 2014. The increase was primarily due to portfolio growth in previously underpenetrated markets.

•

Average credit card balances increased $149 million, or 3%, over the same period in 2014 as a result of efforts to increase credit card share of wallet through organic growth.

•

Average residential mortgage balances increased $86 million, or 14%, compared to the first nine months of 2014. The increase was due to the transfer of $198 million in Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) mortgage loans from the Residential Mortgage Banking business segment in January 2015.

•

In the first nine months of 2015, average loan balances for the remainder of the portfolio declined a net $896 million, compared to the same period a year ago, driven by declines in the education and indirect other portfolios of $912 million and $167 million, respectively, as the discontinued government guaranteed education loan and indirect other balances are primarily run-off portfolios.

Nonperforming assets declined $91 million, or 8%, at September 30, 2015 compared to September 30, 2014. The decrease was driven by declines in both consumer and commercial non-performing loans.

24 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Corporate & Institutional Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 23: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions, except as noted	2015			2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	2,613		$	2,777
Noninterest income
Corporate service fees		1,007			926
Other		390			329
Noninterest income		1,397			1,255
Total revenue		4,010			4,032
Provision for credit losses		83			86
Noninterest expense		1,594			1,520
Pretax earnings		2,333			2,426
Income taxes		841			884
Earnings	$	1,492		$	1,542
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Commercial	$	85,304		$	77,550
Commercial real estate		22,536			20,927
Equipment lease financing		6,965			6,863
Total commercial lending		114,805			105,340
Consumer		971			1,116
Total loans		115,776			106,456
Goodwill and other intangible assets		3,850			3,812
Loans held for sale		973			973
Other assets		11,079			9,991
Total assets	$	131,678		$	121,232
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	48,168		$	43,348
Money market		22,319			20,930
Other		9,776			7,646
Total deposits		80,263			71,924
Other liabilities		7,893			7,454
Total liabilities	$	88,156		$	79,378
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		1.51	%		1.70	%
Noninterest income to total revenue		35			31
Efficiency		40			38
Commercial Loan Servicing Portfolio – Serviced For PNC and Others (in billions)
Beginning of period	$	377		$	347
Acquisitions/additions		125			64
Repayments/transfers		(61	)		(48	)
End of period	$	441		$	363
Other Information
Consolidated revenue from: (a)
Treasury Management (b)	$	999		$	950
Capital Markets (b)	$	592		$	547
Commercial mortgage banking activities
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)	$	94		$	84
Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (d)		191			164
Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge (e)		25			33
Total	$	310		$	281
Average Loans (by C&IB business)
Corporate Banking	$	58,108		$	53,530
Real Estate		30,621			27,260
Business Credit		14,503			13,074
Equipment Finance		10,956			10,362
Other		1,588			2,230
Total average loans	$	115,776		$	106,456
Total loans (f)	$	116,238		$	109,792
Net carrying amount of commercial mortgage servicing rights (f)	$	505		$	532
Credit-related statistics:
Nonperforming assets (f) (g)	$	484		$	616
Purchased impaired loans (f) (h)	$	153		$	316
Net charge-offs (recoveries)	$	6		$	10

(a)

Represents consolidated PNC amounts. See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of the Corporate & Institutional Banking portion of this Business Segments Review section.

(b)	Includes amounts reported in net interest income, corporate service fees and other noninterest income.

(c)	Includes other noninterest income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.

(d)

Includes net interest income and noninterest income, primarily in corporate services fees, from loan servicing and ancillary services, net of changes in fair value on commercial mortgage servicing rights due to time and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately.

(e)	Includes amounts reported in corporate services fees.

(f)	As of September 30.

(g)	Includes nonperforming loans of $.4 billion at September 30, 2015 and $.5 billion at September 30, 2014.

(h)	Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $1.5 billion in the first nine months of 2015, a decrease of $50 million compared to the same period a year ago. The slight decrease in earnings was due to lower net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense, largely offset by higher noninterest income. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive, including the Southeast.

Net interest income decreased $164 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014. The decline was due to the impact of first quarter 2015 enhancements to internal funds transfer pricing methodology, continued spread compression on loans and deposits, and lower purchase accounting accretion, partially offset by the impact of higher average loans and deposits. Decreased net interest income in the comparison also reflected the impact from the second quarter 2014 correction to reclassify certain commercial facility usage fees from net interest income to corporate service fees.

Corporate service fees increased $81 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014. This increase was primarily due to the impact of the second quarter 2014 correction to reclassify certain commercial facility fees from net interest income to corporate service fees and increases in treasury management and equity capital markets advisory fees, partially offset by lower merger and acquisition advisory fees.

Other noninterest income increased $61 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014. This increase was driven by higher revenue associated with credit valuations for customer-related derivatives activities and related derivatives sales, higher multifamily loans originated for sale to agencies and higher corporate securities underwriting activity.

Noninterest expense increased $74 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the prior year period, primarily driven by investments in technology and treasury management operations, higher asset writedowns, and expenses related to equity capital markets advisory fees.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 25

Average loans increased $9.3 billion, or 9%, for the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014, reflecting solid growth in Corporate Banking, Real Estate, Business Credit and Equipment Finance:

•

Corporate Banking business provides lending, treasury management and capital markets-related products and services to midsized and large corporations, government and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business increased $4.6 billion, or 9%, in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014, primarily due to an increase in loan commitments from specialty lending businesses and large corporate clients.

•

PNC Real Estate provides banking, financing and servicing solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business increased $3.4 billion, or 12%, in first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014 due to increased originations and higher utilization.

•

PNC Business Credit provides asset-based lending. The loan portfolio is relatively high yielding, with acceptable risk as the loans are mainly secured by short-term assets. Average loans for this business increased $1.4 billion, or 11%, in first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014 due to new originations, increasing deal sizes and higher utilization.

•

PNC Equipment Finance provides equipment financing solutions for clients throughout the U.S. and Canada. Average equipment finance loans and operating leases were $11.8 billion in the first nine months of 2015, an increase of $.7 billion, or 6% compared with the first nine months of 2014.

Period-end loan balances increased 6%, or $6.4 billion at September 30, 2015 compared to September 30, 2014, primarily due to growth in our Corporate Banking, Real Estate and Business Credit businesses.

Average deposits for the first nine months of 2015 increased $8.3 billion, or 12%, compared with the first nine months of 2014 as a result of business growth and inflows into demand, money market and certificates of deposit products.

The commercial loan servicing portfolio increased $78 billion, or 21% at September 30, 2015, compared to September 30, 2014, as servicing additions from new and existing customers exceeded portfolio run-off.

Nonperforming assets declined 21% at September 30, 2015 compared to September 30, 2014 reflecting improved credit quality.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income, corporate service fees and other noninterest income. From a segment perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses. The Other Information section in Table 23 in the Corporate & Institutional Banking portion of this Business Segments Review section includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for these services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

Treasury management revenue, comprised of fees and net interest income from customer deposit balances, increased $49 million in the comparison of the first nine months of 2015 to the first nine months of 2014, driven by growth in our commercial card, wholesale lockbox, PINACLE ® and liquidity-related revenue.

Capital markets revenue includes merger and acquisition advisory fees, loan syndications, derivatives, foreign exchange, asset-backed finance revenue and fixed income and equity capital markets advisory activities. Revenue from capital markets-related products and services increased $45 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014. The increase in the comparison was primarily driven by higher revenue associated with credit valuations for customer-related derivatives activities and related derivatives sales, higher equity capital markets advisory fees and increased corporate securities underwriting activity, partially offset by lower merger and acquisition advisory fees.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income) and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related hedges. Revenue from total commercial mortgage banking activities increased $29 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014. The increase in the comparison was mainly due to higher mortgage servicing revenue and higher multifamily loans originated for sale to agencies.

26 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Asset Management Group

(Unaudited)

Table 24: Asset Management Group Table


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions, except as noted	2015			2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	215		$	215
Noninterest income		658			611
Total revenue		873			826
Provision for credit losses		11			2
Noninterest expense		636			610
Pretax earnings		226			214
Income taxes		83			78
Earnings	$	143		$	136
Average Balance Sheet
Loans
Consumer	$	5,656		$	5,407
Commercial and commercial real estate		901			997
Residential mortgage		899			794
Total loans		7,456			7,198
Goodwill and other intangible assets		230			264
Other assets		236			225
Total assets	$	7,922		$	7,687
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	1,207		$	1,342
Interest-bearing demand		4,126			3,887
Money market		5,072			3,918
Total transaction deposits		10,405			9,147
CDs/IRAs/savings deposits		472			448
Total deposits		10,877			9,595
Other liabilities		43			51
Total liabilities	$	10,920		$	9,646
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		2.41	%		2.37	%
Noninterest income to total revenue		75			74
Efficiency		73			74
Other Information
Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)	$	52		$	73
Purchased impaired loans (a) (c)	$	75		$	89
Total net charge-offs	$	14		$	3
Client Assets Under Administration (a) (d) (in billions)
Personal	$	110		$	113
Institutional		146			146
Total	$	256		$	259
Asset Type
Equity	$	142		$	147
Fixed Income		73			72
Liquidity/Other		41			40
Total	$	256		$	259
Discretionary client assets under management
Personal	$	84		$	85
Institutional		48			47
Total	$	132		$	132
Asset Type
Equity	$	70		$	72
Fixed Income		40			40
Liquidity/Other		22			20
Total	$	132		$	132
Nondiscretionary client assets under administration
Personal	$	26		$	28
Institutional		98			99
Total	$	124		$	127
Asset Type
Equity	$	72		$	75
Fixed Income		33			32
Liquidity/Other		19			20
Total	$	124		$	127

(a)	As of September 30.

(b)	Includes nonperforming loans of $48 million at September 30, 2015 and $67 million at September 30, 2014.

(c)	Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

(d)	Excludes brokerage account client assets.

Asset Management Group earned $143 million through the first nine months of 2015 compared with $136 million in the same period of 2014, driven by higher noninterest income, including a $30 million trust settlement in the second quarter of 2015, partially offset by higher noninterest expense. Assets under administration were $256 billion as of September 30, 2015 compared to $259 billion as of September 30, 2014, as nondiscretionary client assets under administration declined slightly and discretionary client assets under administration remained flat in the comparison.

The core growth strategies of the business include increasing sales sourced from other PNC lines of business, maximizing front line productivity and optimizing market presence in high opportunity markets. Wealth Management and Hawthorn have over 100 offices operating in 7 out of the 10 most affluent states in the U.S. with a majority co-located with retail banking branches. The businesses' strategies primarily focus on growing client assets under management through expanding relationships directly and through cross-selling from PNC's other lines of business.

Institutional Asset Management provides advisory, custody, and retirement administration services to institutional clients primarily within our banking footprint. The business also offers PNC proprietary mutual funds. Institutional Asset Management is strengthening its partnership with Corporate and Institutional Banking to drive growth and is focused on building retirement capabilities and expanding product solutions for all customers.

Discretionary client assets under management remained flat at September 30, 2015 compared to September 30, 2014, as lower equity markets were offset by new sales and positive net flows after adjustments for cyclical client activities.

Total revenue increased $47 million, or 6%, in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the same period in 2014, primarily relating to higher noninterest income due to the trust settlement in the second quarter of 2015, net new business, and strong average equity markets.

Noninterest expense increased $26 million, or 4% in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the prior year period, primarily attributable to higher compensation and technology expenses. Asset Management Group remains focused on disciplined expense management as it invests in strategic growth opportunities.

Average loan balances for the first nine months of 2015 increased $.3 billion, or 4%, compared to the prior year period. Asset Management Group's clients' preference for liquidity in the form of a new line of credit product has driven significant growth in the loan portfolio. The line of credit product is primarily secured by the market value of the client's underlying investment management account assets.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 27

Average transaction deposits for the first nine months of 2015 increased $1.3 billion, or 14%, over the prior year period, driven by an increase in interest bearing demand deposit accounts and money market products.

Residential Mortgage Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 25: Residential Mortgage Banking Table


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions, except as noted	2015			2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	91		$	115
Noninterest income
Loan servicing revenue
Servicing fees		143			170
Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge		70			11
Loan sales revenue		278			327
Other		(3	)		(5	)
Total noninterest income		488			503
Total revenue		579			618
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		2			(1	)
Noninterest expense		510			550
Pretax earnings		67			69
Income taxes		24			25
Earnings	$	43		$	44
Average Balance Sheet
Portfolio loans	$	1,175		$	1,759
Loans held for sale		1,160			1,130
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR)		967			1,036
Other assets		3,660			3,964
Total assets	$	6,962		$	7,889
Deposits	$	2,415		$	2,279
Borrowings and other liabilities		2,241			2,819
Total liabilities	$	4,656		$	5,098
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		.83	%		.75	%
Noninterest income to total revenue		84			81
Efficiency		88			89
Residential Mortgage Servicing Portfolio – Serviced for Third Parties (in billions)
Beginning of period	$	108		$	114
Acquisitions		24			4
Additions		6			7
Repayments/transfers		(16	)		(14	)
End of period	$	122		$	111
Servicing portfolio – third-party statistics: (a)
Fixed rate		94	%		94	%
Adjustable rate/balloon		6	%		6	%
Weighted-average interest rate		4.29	%		4.49	%
MSR asset value (in billions)	$	1.0		$	1.0
MSR capitalization value (in basis points)		79			88
Weighted-average servicing fee (in basis points)		27			27
Residential Mortgage Repurchase Reserve
Beginning of period	$	107		$	131
(Benefit)/ Provision		4			(4	)
Losses – loan repurchases		(16	)		(19	)
End of Period	$	95		$	108
Other Information
Loan origination volume (in billions)	$	8.2		$	7.1
Loan sale margin percentage		3.43	%		4.57	%
Percentage of originations represented by:
Purchase volume (b)		46	%		47	%
Refinance volume		54	%		53	%
Total nonperforming assets (a) (c)	$	88		$	135

(a)	As of September 30.

(b)	Mortgages with borrowers as part of residential real estate purchase transactions.

(c)	Includes nonperforming loans of $53 million at September 30, 2015 and $93 million at September 30, 2014.

Residential Mortgage Banking earned $43 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared to $44 million in the first nine months of 2014. Earnings decreased slightly from the prior year as higher net hedging gains on residential mortgage servicing rights and lower noninterest expense were more than offset by lower loan sales and servicing revenue and decreased net interest income.

The strategic focus of the business is the acquisition of new customers through a retail loan officer sales force with an emphasis on home purchase transactions. Our strategy involves competing on the basis of superior service to new and existing customers in serving their home purchase and refinancing needs. A key consideration in pursuing this approach is the cross-sell opportunity, especially in the bank footprint markets.

Residential Mortgage Banking overview:

•

Total loan originations increased $1.1 billion in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the same 2014 period. Loans continue to be originated primarily through direct channels under Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Federal Housing Administration (FHA)/Department of Veterans Affairs agency guidelines. Refinancings were 54% of originations for the first nine months of 2015 and 53% in the first nine months of 2014. During the first nine months of 2015, 13% of loan originations were under the original or revised Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP or HARP 2).

•

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others increased $11 billion at September 30, 2015 compared to September 30, 2014. During the first nine months of 2015, $24 billion of residential mortgage servicing rights were acquired, compared with $4 billion in the comparable period of 2014.

•

Noninterest income declined $15 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the prior year period, as increased net hedging gains on residential mortgage servicing rights were more than offset by decreased loan sales revenue and servicing revenue.

•

Net interest income decreased $24 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014. This decline was primarily due to lower balances of portfolio loans held for investment.

•

Noninterest expense declined $40 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the same 2014 period, primarily as a result of lower legal accruals.

•

Investors having purchased mortgage loans may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable contractual loan

28 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

origination covenants and representations and warranties we have made. At September 30, 2015, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Residential Mortgage Banking business segment was $95 million, compared with $108 million at September 30, 2014. See the Recourse and Repurchase Obligations section of this Financial Review and Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

BlackRock

(Unaudited)

Table 26: BlackRock Table

Information related to our equity investment in BlackRock follows:


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions	2015			2014
Business segment earnings (a)	$	407		$	399
PNC's economic interest in BlackRock (b)		22	%		22	%

(a)	Includes PNC's share of BlackRock's reported GAAP earnings and additional income taxes on those earnings incurred by PNC.

(b)	At September 30.


In billions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Carrying value of PNC's investment in BlackRock (c)	$	6.6	$	6.3
Market value of PNC's investment in BlackRock (d)		10.5		12.6

(c)	PNC accounts for its investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting, exclusive of a related deferred tax liability of $2.1 billion at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Our voting interest in BlackRock common stock was approximately 21% at September 30, 2015.

(d)	Does not include liquidity discount.

In addition to our investment in BlackRock reflected in Table 26, at September 30, 2015, we held approximately 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock valued at $312 million, which are available to fund our obligation in connection with certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. We account for the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report and in Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

Our 2014 Form 10-K includes additional information about our investment in BlackRock.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

(Unaudited)

Table 27: Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio Table


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions	2015			2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	302		$	425
Noninterest income		34			22
Total revenue		336			447
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		(61	)		(99	)
Noninterest expense		73			86
Pretax earnings		324			460
Income taxes		119			169
Earnings	$	205		$	291
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial Lending:
Commercial/Commercial real estate	$	114		$	190
Lease financing		628			686
Total commercial lending		742			876
Consumer Lending:
Home equity		2,859			3,477
Residential real estate		3,981			4,952
Total consumer lending		6,840			8,429
Total portfolio loans		7,582			9,305
Other assets (a)		(702	)		(742	)
Total assets	$	6,880		$	8,563
Deposits and other liabilities	$	221		$	227
Total liabilities	$	221		$	227
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		3.98	%		4.54	%
Noninterest income to total revenue		10			5
Efficiency		22			19
Other Information
Nonperforming assets (b) (c)	$	571		$	731
Purchased impaired loans (b) (d)	$	3,411		$	4,147
Net (recoveries) charge-offs	$	(8	)	$	35
Annualized net (recovery) charge-off ratio		(.14	)%		.50	%
Loans (b)
Commercial Lending
Commercial/Commercial real estate	$	98		$	162
Lease financing		633			691
Total commercial lending		731			853
Consumer Lending
Home equity		2,586			3,242
Residential real estate		3,625			4,665
Total consumer lending		6,211			7,907
Total loans	$	6,942		$	8,760

(a)	Other assets includes deferred taxes, ALLL and other real estate owned (OREO). Other assets were negative in both periods due to the ALLL.

(b)	As of September 30.

(c)	Includes nonperforming loans of $.5 billion at September 30, 2015 and $.6 billion at September 30, 2014.

(d)	Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions. This segment contained 82% of PNC's purchased impaired loans at September 30, 2015 and 80% at September 30, 2014.

This business segment consists of non-strategic assets primarily obtained through acquisitions of other companies. The business activity of this segment is to manage the wind-down of the portfolios while maximizing the value and mitigating risk.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 29

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio had earnings of $205 million in the first nine months of 2015 compared with $291 million in the first nine months of 2014. Earnings decreased year-over-year due to lower net interest income and a reduced benefit from the provision for credit losses.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio overview:

•

Net interest income declined $123 million, or 29% in the first nine months of 2015 compared with the first nine months of 2014, resulting from lower purchase accounting accretion and the impact of the declining average balance of the loan portfolio.

•

Noninterest income increased $12 million, or 55% in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of the 2014 driven by valuation gains, lower provision for estimated losses on repurchase obligations and loan sale gains.

•

Provision for credit losses was a benefit in both the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, reflecting continued improvements in credit quality.

•

Noninterest expense declined $13 million, or 15% in the first nine months of 2015 compared with in the first nine months of 2014, due to lower costs of managing and servicing the loan portfolios.

•

Average portfolio loans declined $1.7 billion, or 19% in the first nine months of 2015 compared to the first nine months of 2014, due to customer payment activity and portfolio management activities to reduce under-performing assets.

C RITICAL A CCOUNTING E STIMATES AND J UDGMENTS

Note 1 Accounting Policies in Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report describe the most significant accounting policies that we use to prepare our consolidated financial statements. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations that may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by independent third-party sources, including appraisers and valuation specialists, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using discounted cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions or estimates could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We discuss the following critical accounting policies and judgments under this same heading in Item 7 of our 2014 Form 10-K:

•

Fair Value Measurements

•

Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

•

Estimated Cash Flows on Purchased Impaired Loans

•

Goodwill

•

Lease Residuals

•

Revenue Recognition

•

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

•

Income Taxes

•

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

We provide additional information about many of these items in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item l of this Report.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and replaces nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP with one accounting model. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the satisfaction of a performance obligation by transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures relating to the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued guidance deferring the mandatory effective date of the ASU for one year, to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The requirements within ASU 2014-09 should be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented (with several practical expedients for certain completed contracts) or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application. We plan to adopt the ASU consistent with the deferred mandatory effective date and continue to evaluate the impact of this ASU on our results of operations and financial position.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis . All legal entities are subject to re-evaluation under this ASU, including investment companies and certain other entities measured in a manner consistent with ASC 946 Financial Services – Investment Companies which were previously excluded. The ASU will change the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. Specifically, the ASU modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; eliminates the presumption that a

30 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; potentially changes the consolidation conclusions of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, in particular those that have fee arrangements and related party arrangements, and provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests held in certain money market funds. The ASU is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied through a retrospective or modified retrospective approach. We do not expect this ASU to have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

See Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item I of this Report regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements adopted in 2015.

S TATUS OF Q UALIFIED D EFINED B ENEFIT P ENSION P LAN

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (plan or pension plan) covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are applied as a percentage of eligible compensation. We calculate the expense associated with the pension plan and the assumptions and methods that we use include a policy of reflecting plan assets at their fair market value. On an annual basis, we review the actuarial assumptions related to the pension plan.

We currently estimate pretax pension expense of $9 million in 2015 compared with pretax income of $7 million in 2014. This year-over-year expected increase in expense reflects the effects of the lower expected return on asset assumption, improved mortality, and the lower discount rate required to be used in 2015. These factors are partially offset by the favorable impact of the increase in plan assets at December 31, 2014 and the assumed return on a $200 million voluntary contribution to the plan made in February 2015.

The table below reflects the estimated effects on pension expense of certain changes in annual assumptions, using 2015 estimated expense as a baseline.

Table 28: Pension Expense – Sensitivity Analysis


Change in Assumption (a)	Estimated Increase/(Decrease) to 2015 Pension Expense (In millions)
.5% decrease in discount rate	$	18
.5% decrease in expected long-term return on assets	$	22
.5% increase in compensation rate	$	2

(a)	The impact is the effect of changing the specified assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

We provide additional information on our pension plan in Note 13 Employee Benefit Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

R ECOURSE AND R EPURCHASE O BLIGATIONS

As discussed in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2014 Form 10-K, PNC has sold commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and home equity loans/lines of credit directly or indirectly through securitization and loan sale transactions in which we have continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations

We originate and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA's Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. We participated in a similar program with the FHLMC. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment. For more information regarding our Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations, see the Recourse and Repurchase Obligations section of Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Residential Mortgage Repurchase Obligations

While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Residential mortgage loans covered by these loan repurchase obligations include first and second-lien mortgage loans we have sold through Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions. As discussed in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2014 Form 10-K, Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with FNMA, FHLMC and the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), while Non-Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with private investors. Mortgage loan sale transactions that are not part of a securitization may involve FNMA, FHLMC or private investors. Our historical exposure and activity associated with Agency securitization repurchase obligations has primarily been related to transactions with FNMA and FHLMC, as indemnification and repurchase losses associated with FHA

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 31

and VA-insured and uninsured loans pooled in GNMA securitizations historically have been minimal. In addition to indemnification and repurchase risk, we face other risks of loss with respect to our participation in these programs, some of which are described in Note 21 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2014 Form 10-K with respect to governmental inquiries related to FHA-insured loans. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.

Origination and sale of residential mortgages is an ongoing business activity and, accordingly, management continually assesses the need to recognize indemnification and repurchase liabilities pursuant to the associated investor sale agreements. We establish indemnification and repurchase liabilities for estimated losses on sold first and second-lien mortgages for which indemnification is expected to be provided or for loans that are expected to be repurchased. For the first and second-lien mortgage sold portfolio, we have established an indemnification and repurchase liability pursuant to investor sale agreements based on claims made and our estimate of future claims on a loan by loan basis. To estimate the mortgage repurchase liability arising from breaches of representations and warranties, we consider the following factors: (i) borrower performance in our historically sold portfolio (both actual and estimated future defaults); (ii) the level of outstanding unresolved repurchase claims; (iii) estimated probable future repurchase claims, considering information about expected investor behaviors, delinquent and liquidated loans, resolved and unresolved mortgage insurance rescission notices and our historical experience with claim rescissions; (iv) the potential ability to cure the defects identified in the repurchase claims ("rescission rate"); (v) the availability of legal defenses; and (vi) the estimated severity of loss upon repurchase of the loan or collateral, make-whole settlement or indemnification.

We previously reached agreements with both FNMA and FHLMC to resolve their repurchase claims with respect to loans sold between 2000 and 2008. Thus, our repurchase obligations involve Agency securitizations and other loan sales with FNMA and FHLMC subsequent to 2008 only, as well as Agency securitizations with GNMA and Non-Agency securitizations and other loan sales with private investors. The unpaid principal balance of loans associated with our exposure to repurchase obligations totaled $66.0 billion at September 30, 2015, of which $1.2 billion was 90 days or more delinquent. The comparative amounts were $68.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

We believe our indemnification and repurchase liability appropriately reflects the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all residential mortgage loans sold and outstanding as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. In making these estimates we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the

sold loans. See Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in this Report for additional information on residential mortgage repurchase obligations.

Home Equity Repurchase Obligations

PNC's repurchase obligations include obligations with respect to certain brokered home equity loans/lines of credit that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition of National City. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of the loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity loans/lines of credit is reported in the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segment.

For more information regarding our Home Equity Repurchase Obligations, see the Recourse and Repurchase Obligations section under Item 7 of our 2014 Form 10-K and Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees included in this Report.

R ISK M ANAGEMENT

PNC encounters risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design risk management processes to help manage these risks.

The Risk Management section included in Item 7 of our 2014 Form 10-K describes our enterprise risk management framework including risk appetite and strategy, risk culture, risk organization and governance, risk identification and quantification, risk control and limits, and risk monitoring and reporting. Additionally, our 2014 Form 10-K provides an analysis of our key areas of risk, which include but are not limited to credit, operational, compliance, model, liquidity and market. Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within the Risk Management section.

The following information updates our 2014 Form 10-K risk management disclosures.

Credit Risk Management

As more fully discussed in the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in our 2014 Form 10-K, credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are embedded in PNC's risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board through our governance structure.

32 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Asset Quality Overview

Asset quality trends improved overall during the first nine months of 2015.

•

Nonperforming assets at September 30, 2015 decreased $390 million compared with December 31, 2014 as a result of improvements in both consumer lending and commercial lending nonperforming loans. Consumer lending nonperforming loans decreased $227 million and commercial lending nonperforming loans decreased another $106 million. Nonperforming assets were 0.69% of total assets at September 30, 2015 compared with 0.83% at December 31, 2014.

•

Overall loan delinquencies totaled $1.7 billion at September 30, 2015, a decrease of $283 million, or 15%, from year-end 2014 levels. The reduction was due in large part to a reduction in accruing government insured residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more of $161 million, the majority of which we took possession of and conveyed the real estate, or are in the process of conveyance and claim resolution.

•

Net charge-offs were $96 million in the third quarter of 2015, up 17%, or $14 million, from net charge-offs in the same quarter of 2014, as higher commercial loan and residential real estate loan net charge-offs were somewhat offset by lower home equity loan net charge-offs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net charge-offs were $266 million, down from $413 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

•

Provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2015 increased to $81 million compared with $55 million in the third quarter of 2014. Provision for credit losses for the nine months ending September 30, 2015 declined to $181 million compared to $221 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2014.

•

The level of ALLL decreased to $3.2 billion at September 30, 2015 as compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2014.

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies

Nonperforming Assets, including OREO and Foreclosed Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans, purchased impaired loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. Additional information regarding our nonperforming loans and nonaccrual policies is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report. A summary of the major categories of nonperforming assets are presented in Table 29. See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for further detail of nonperforming asset categories.

Table 29: Nonperforming Assets By Type


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Nonperforming loans
Commercial lending	$	520		$	626
Consumer lending (a) (b)		1,657			1,884
Total nonperforming loans (c)		2,177			2,510
OREO and foreclosed assets		313			370
Total nonperforming assets	$	2,490		$	2,880
Amount of TDRs included in nonperforming loans	$	1,171		$	1,370
Percentage of total nonperforming loans		54	%		55	%
Nonperforming loans to total loans		1.06	%		1.23	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets		1.21			1.40
Nonperforming assets to total assets		.69			.83
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total nonperforming loans (d)		149			133

(a)	Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)

The recorded investment of loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $.6 billion and $.8 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which included $.3 billion and $.5 billion, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed.

(c)	Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.

(d)

The allowance for loan and lease losses in this ratio includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information. The allowance for loan and lease losses will be impacted by the expected fourth quarter 2015 change in our derecognition policy for purchased impaired loans that are pooled and accounted for as a single asset. For additional information on this policy change, see the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Financial Review.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 33

Table 30: Change in Nonperforming Assets


In millions	2015			2014
January 1	$	2,880		$	3,457
New nonperforming assets		1,089			1,657
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments		(367	)		(427	)
Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs		(544	)		(818	)
Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale		(296	)		(440	)
Returned to performing status		(272	)		(454	)
September 30	$	2,490		$	2,975

Nonperforming assets decreased $390 million at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. Consumer lending nonperforming loans decreased $227 million and commercial lending nonperforming loans decreased another $106 million. As of September 30, 2015, approximately 89% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral which lessens reserve requirements and is expected to reduce credit losses in the event of default. As of September 30, 2015, commercial lending nonperforming loans were carried at approximately 60% of their unpaid principal balance, due to charge-offs recorded to date, before consideration of the ALLL. See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information on these loans.

Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprise 69% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans at September 30, 2015, up from 60% at December 31, 2014. Home equity TDRs comprise 52% of home equity nonperforming loans at September 30, 2015, down from 54% at December 31, 2014. TDRs generally remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of both principal and interest payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

At September 30, 2015, our largest nonperforming asset was $34 million in the Real Estate, Rental and Leasing Industry and our average nonperforming loan associated with commercial lending was less than $1 million. The ten largest outstanding nonperforming assets are from the commercial lending portfolio and represent 18% and 4% of total commercial lending nonperforming loans and total nonperforming assets, respectively, as of September 30, 2015.

Purchased impaired loans are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we accrete interest income over the expected life of the loans. Total nonperforming loans and assets in the tables above are significantly lower than they would have been due to this accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans and a higher ratio of ALLL to nonperforming loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report, as well as the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information, including the accounting treatment, on these loans.

Table 31: OREO and Foreclosed Assets


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Other real estate owned (OREO):
Residential properties	$	147	$	183
Residential development properties		38		48
Commercial properties		108		120
Total OREO		293		351
Foreclosed and other assets		20		19
Total OREO and foreclosed assets	$	313	$	370

Total OREO and foreclosed assets decreased $57 million during the first nine months of 2015 and is 13% of total nonperforming assets at September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 59% and 62%, respectively, of our OREO and foreclosed assets were comprised of residential related properties.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels may be a key indicator of loan portfolio asset quality. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans, but include government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option.

34 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 32: Accruing Loans Past Due (a) (b)


	Amount				Percentage of Total Outstandings
Dollars in millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014		September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Early stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days	$	508	$	582		.25	%		.28	%
Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days		265		259		.13	%		.13	%
Total		773		841		.38	%		.41	%
Late stage loan delinquencies
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more		890		1,105		.43	%		.54	%
Total	$	1,663	$	1,946		.81	%		.95	%

(a)	Amounts in table represent recorded investment.

(b)

Past due loan amounts at September 30, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed loans of $181 million, $120 million, and $782 million for accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days, past due 60 to 89 days, and past due 90 days or more, respectively. The comparative amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $220 million, $136 million, and $996 million, respectively.

Total early stage loan delinquencies (accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days) decreased $68 million, or 8%, at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, driven by reductions in consumer early stage delinquencies, which more than offset an increase in commercial real estate lending early stage delinquencies.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more decreased $215 million, or 19%, at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 due to declines in government insured residential real estate loans of $161 million, the majority of which we took possession of and conveyed the real estate, or are in the process of conveyance and claim resolution and other consumer government insured of $53 million. Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are referred to as late stage loan delinquencies. These loans are not included in nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest because they are well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, or are managed in homogenous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or are certain government insured or guaranteed loans.

On a regular basis our Special Asset Committee closely monitors loans, primarily commercial loans, that are not included in the nonperforming or accruing past due categories and for which we are uncertain about the borrower's ability to comply with existing repayment terms. These loans totaled $.2 billion at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information regarding our nonperforming loan and nonaccrual policies and further information on loan delinquencies.

Home Equity Loan Portfolio

Our home equity loan portfolio totaled $33 billion as of September 30, 2015, or 16% of the total loan portfolio. Of that total, $19.3 billion, or 59%, was outstanding under primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $13.7 billion, or 41%, consisted of closed-end home equity installment loans. Approximately 5% of the home equity portfolio was purchased credit impaired and 3% of the home equity portfolio was on nonperforming status as of September 30, 2015.

As of September 30, 2015, we are in an originated first lien position for approximately 53% of the total outstanding portfolio and, where originated as a second lien, we currently hold or service the first lien position for an additional 2% of the portfolio. The remaining 45% of the portfolio was secured by second liens where we do not hold the first lien position. The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we are in, hold or service the first lien position, is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien.

Generally, our variable-rate home equity lines of credit have either a seven or ten year draw period, followed by a 20-year amortization term. During the draw period, we have home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay either interest or principal and interest. We view home equity lines of credit where borrowers are paying principal and interest under the draw period as less risky than those where the borrowers are paying interest only, as these borrowers have a demonstrated ability to make some level of principal and interest payments. The risk associated with the borrower's ability to satisfy the loan terms upon the draw period ending is considered in establishing our ALLL. Based upon outstanding balances at September 30, 2015, the following table presents the periods when home equity lines of credit draw periods are scheduled to end.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 35

Table 33: Home Equity Lines of Credit – Draw Period End Dates


In millions	Interest Only Product		Principal and Interest Product
Remainder of 2015	$	224	$	89
2016		1,209		398
2017		2,180		554
2018		961		753
2019		672		591
2020 and thereafter		3,390		5,652
Total (a) (b)	$	8,636	$	8,037

(a)	Includes all home equity lines of credit that mature in the remainder of 2015 or later, including those with borrowers where we have terminated borrowing privileges.

(b)

Includes approximately $5 million, $43 million, $48 million, $35 million, $25 million and $539 million of home equity lines of credit with balloon payments, including those where we have terminated borrowing privileges, with draw periods scheduled to end in the remainder of 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and thereafter, respectively.

Based upon outstanding balances, and excluding purchased impaired loans, at September 30, 2015, for home equity lines of credit for which the borrower can no longer draw ( e.g. , draw period has ended or borrowing privileges have been terminated), approximately 3% were 30-89 days past due and approximately 5% were 90 days or more past due. Generally, when a borrower becomes 60 days past due, we terminate borrowing privileges and those privileges are not subsequently reinstated. At that point, we continue our collection/recovery processes, which may include loan modification resulting in a loan that is classified as a TDR.

See the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in our 2014 Form 10-K for more information on our home equity loan portfolio.

Loan Modifications and Troubled Debt Restructurings

Consumer Loan Modifications

We modify loans under government and PNC-developed programs based upon our commitment to help eligible homeowners and borrowers avoid foreclosure, where appropriate. Initially, a borrower is evaluated for a modification under a government program. If a borrower does not qualify under a government program, the borrower is then evaluated under a PNC program. Our programs utilize both temporary and permanent modifications and typically reduce the interest rate, extend the term and/or defer principal. Loans that are either temporarily or permanently modified under programs involving a change to loan terms are generally classified as TDRs. Further, loans that have certain types of payment plans and trial payment arrangements which do not include a contractual change to loan terms may be classified as TDRs. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 3 Asset Quality in our 2014 Form 10-K.

A temporary modification, with a term between 3 and 24 months, involves a change in original loan terms for a period of time and reverts to a calculated exit rate for the remaining term of the loan as of a specific date. A permanent modification, with a term greater than 24 months, is a modification in which the terms of the original loan are changed. Permanent modification programs include the government-created Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) and PNC-developed HAMP-like modification programs. These programs first require a reduction of the interest rate followed by an extension of term and, if appropriate, deferral of principal payments.

We also monitor the success rates and delinquency status of our loan modification programs to assess their effectiveness in serving our borrowers' and servicing customers' needs while mitigating credit losses. Table 34 provides the number of bank-owned accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified consumer real estate related loans at the end of each year presented.

Table 34: Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications


	September 30, 2015				December 31, 2014
Dollars in millions	Number of Accounts		Unpaid Principal Balance		Number of Accounts		Unpaid Principal Balance
Temporary modifications (a)		4,604	$	345		5,346	$	417
Permanent modifications
Home equity		14,309		1,019		13,128		968
Residential real estate		9,628		1,795		12,526		2,350
Total permanent modifications		23,937		2,814		25,654		3,318
Total consumer real estate related loan modifications		28,541	$	3,159		31,000	$	3,735

(a)	All temporary modifications are home equity loans.

36 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

In addition to temporary loan modifications, we may make available to a borrower a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period. Under a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period, there is no change to the loan's contractual terms so the borrower remains legally responsible for payment of the loan under its original terms.

Payment plans may include extensions, re-ages and/or forbearance plans. All payment plans bring an account current once certain requirements are achieved and are primarily intended to demonstrate a borrower's renewed willingness and ability to re-pay. Due to the short term nature of the payment plan, there is a minimal impact to the ALLL.

Under a HAMP trial payment period, we establish an alternate payment, generally at an amount less than the contractual payment amount, for the borrower during this short time period. This allows a borrower to demonstrate successful payment performance before permanently restructuring the loan into a HAMP modification. Subsequent to successful borrower performance under the trial payment period, we will capitalize the original contractual amount past due, to include accrued interest and fees receivable, and restructure the loan's contractual terms, along with bringing the restructured account current. As the borrower is often already delinquent at the time of participation in the HAMP trial payment period, generally enrollment in the program does not significantly increase the ALLL. If the trial payment period is unsuccessful, the loan will be evaluated for further action based upon our existing policies.

Commercial Loan Modifications and Payment Plans

Modifications of terms for commercial loans are based on individual facts and circumstances. Commercial loan modifications may involve reduction of the interest rate, extension of the loan term and/or forgiveness of principal. Modified commercial loans are usually already nonperforming prior to modification. We evaluate these modifications for TDR classification based upon whether we granted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 3 Asset Quality in our 2014 Form 10-K.

We have established certain commercial loan modification and payment programs for small business loans, Small Business Administration loans, and investment real estate loans. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $26 million and $34 million, respectively, in loan balances were covered under these modification and payment plan programs. Of these loan balances, $10 million and $12 million have been determined to be TDRs as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing

financial difficulties. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC.

Table 35: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings (a)


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Consumer lending:
Real estate-related	$	1,801	$	1,864
Credit card		112		130
Other consumer		35		47
Total consumer lending (b)		1,948		2,041
Total commercial lending		420		542
Total TDRs	$	2,368	$	2,583
Nonperforming	$	1,171	$	1,370
Accruing		1,085		1,083
Credit card		112		130
Total TDRs	$	2,368	$	2,583

(a)	Amounts in table represent recorded investment, which includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance.

(b)	Excludes $1.2 billion and $.9 billion of consumer loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and pooled purchased impaired loans, as well as certain government insured or guaranteed loans at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Total TDRs decreased $215 million, or 8%, during the first nine months of 2015. Nonperforming TDRs were approximately 54% of total nonperforming loans, and 49% of total TDRs.

TDRs that are performing, including credit card loans, are excluded from nonperforming loans. These TDRs remained generally flat during the first nine months of 2015 at $1.2 billion. Generally, the accruing category is comprised of loans where borrowers have been performing under the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

See Note 3 Asset Quality and the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information on loan modifications and TDRs.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 37

Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Table 36: Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries


Nine months ended September 30 Dollars in millions	Gross Charge-offs		Recoveries		Net Charge-offs / (Recoveries)			Percent of Average Loans (annualized)
2015
Commercial	$	145	$	139	$	6			.01	%
Commercial real estate		29		46		(17	)		(.09	)
Equipment lease financing		2		3		(1	)		(.02	)
Home equity		139		69		70			.28
Residential real estate		17		10		7			.07
Credit card		121		16		105			3.13
Other consumer		136		40		96			.58
Total	$	589	$	323	$	266			.17
2014
Commercial	$	231	$	156	$	75			.11	%
Commercial real estate		46		64		(18	)		(.11	)
Equipment lease financing		9		10		(1	)		(.02	)
Home equity		213		58		155			.58
Residential real estate		26		23		3			.03
Credit card		125		16		109			3.36
Other consumer		136		46		90			.53
Total	$	786	$	373	$	413			.28

Total net charge-offs are lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of net charge-offs to average loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information on net charge-offs related to these loans.

We maintain an ALLL to absorb losses from the loan and lease portfolio and determine this allowance based on quarterly assessments of the estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolio. Our total ALLL of $3.2 billion at September 30, 2015 consisted of $1.6 billion established for each of the commercial lending and consumer lending categories. We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The reserve calculation and determination process is dependent on the use of key assumptions. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan and lease portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.

We establish specific allowances for loans considered impaired using methods prescribed by GAAP. All impaired loans are subject to individual analysis, except leases and large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans which

may include, but are not limited to, credit card, residential real estate secured and consumer installment loans. Specific allowances for individual loans (including commercial and consumer TDRs) are determined based on an analysis of the present value of expected future cash flows from the loans discounted at their effective interest rate, observable market price or the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Reserves allocated to non-impaired commercial loan classes are based on PD and LGD credit risk ratings.

Our commercial pool reserve methodology is sensitive to changes in key risk parameters such as PD and LGD. The results of these parameters are then applied to the loan balance and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit to determine the amount of the respective reserves. Our PDs and LGDs are primarily determined using internal commercial loan loss data. This internal data is supplemented with third-party data and management judgment, as deemed necessary. We continue to evaluate and enhance our use of internal commercial loss data and will periodically update our PDs and LGDs as well as consider third-party data, regulatory guidance and management judgment.

The majority of the commercial portfolio is secured by collateral, including loans to asset-based lending customers, which generally demonstrate lower LGD compared to loans not secured by collateral. Additionally, guarantees on loans greater than $1 million and owner guarantees for small business loans do not significantly impact our ALLL.

38 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Allocations to non-impaired consumer loan classes are primarily based upon a roll-rate model which uses statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off.

A portion of the ALLL is related to qualitative and measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

Industry concentrations and conditions,

•

Recent credit quality trends,

•

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

•

Recent macro-economic factors,

•

Model imprecision,

•

Changes in lending policies and procedures,

•

Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions, and

•

Limitations of available historical data.

Purchased impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value and applicable accounting guidance prohibits the carry over or creation of valuation allowances at acquisition. Because the initial fair values of these loans already reflect a credit component, additional reserves are established when performance is expected to be worse than our expectations as of the acquisition date. At September 30, 2015, we had established reserves of $.8 billion for purchased impaired loans. In addition, loans (purchased impaired and non-impaired) acquired after January 1, 2009 were recorded at fair value . No allowance for loan losses was carried over and no allowance was created at the date of acquisition. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

In determining the appropriateness of the ALLL, we make specific allocations to impaired loans and allocations to portfolios of commercial and consumer loans. We also allocate reserves to provide coverage for probable losses incurred in the portfolio at the balance sheet date based upon current market conditions, which may not be reflected in historical loss data. Commercial lending is the largest category of credits and is sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the ALLL. We have allocated approximately $1.6 billion, or 50%, of the ALLL at September 30, 2015 to the commercial lending category. Consumer lending allocations are made based on historical loss experience adjusted for recent activity. Approximately $1.6 billion, or 50%, of the ALLL at September 30, 2015 has been allocated to these consumer lending categories.

In addition to the ALLL, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is

appropriate to absorb estimated probable losses on these unfunded credit facilities. We determine this amount using estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this methodology is very similar to the one we use for determining our ALLL.

We refer you to Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report and in our 2014 Form 10-K for further information on certain key asset quality indicators that we use to evaluate our portfolios and establish the allowances.

Table 37: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses


Dollars in millions	2015			2014
January 1	$	3,331		$	3,609
Total net charge-offs		(266	)		(413	)
Provision for credit losses		181			221
Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		(7	)		(9	)
Other		(2	)		(2	)
September 30	$	3,237		$	3,406
Net charge-offs to average loans (for the nine months ended) (annualized)		.17	%		.28	%
Total allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans (a)		1.58			1.70
Commercial lending net (charge-offs) / recoveries	$	12		$	(56	)
Consumer lending net charge-offs		(278	)		(357	)
Total net charge-offs	$	(266	)	$	(413	)
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (for the nine months ended) (annualized)
Commercial lending		(.01	)%		.06	%
Consumer lending		.50			.62

(a)

This ratio will be impacted by the expected change in our derecognition policy for purchased impaired loans that are pooled and accounted for as a single asset. For additional information on this policy change, see the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review of this Financial Review.

The provision for credit losses totaled $181 million for the first nine months of 2015 compared to $221 million for the first nine months of 2014. For the first nine months of 2015, the provision for commercial lending credit losses decreased by $41 million, or 46%, from the first nine months of 2014. The provision for consumer lending credit losses increased $1 million, or 1%, from the first nine months of 2014.

At September 30, 2015, total ALLL to total nonperforming loans was 149%. The comparable amount for December 31, 2014 was 133%. These ratios are 98% and 85%, respectively, when excluding the $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion of ALLL at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, allocated to consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 39

residential real estate and purchased impaired loans. We have excluded consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by real estate as they are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and not placed on nonperforming status. Additionally, we have excluded purchased impaired loans as they are considered performing regardless of their delinquency status as interest is accreted in accordance with ASC 310-30 based on the recorded investment balance. See Table 29 within this Credit Risk Management section for additional information.

The ALLL balance increases or decreases across periods in relation to fluctuating risk factors, including asset quality trends, net charge-offs and changes in aggregate portfolio balances. During the first nine months of 2015, improved asset quality trends, including, but not limited to, delinquency status and improving economic conditions, as well as reduced net charge-offs combined to result in the ALLL balance decline of $.1 billion, or 3% to $3.2 billion as of September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report regarding changes in the ALLL and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. See also the Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review for additional information on our ALLL related to purchased impaired loans.

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk, including our liquidity monitoring measures and tools, is described in further detail in the Liquidity Risk Management section of our 2014 Form 10-K.

PNC also monitors its liquidity by reference to the LCR, a regulatory minimum liquidity requirement designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of liquidity to meet net liquidity needs over the course of a 30-day stress scenario. The LCR is calculated by dividing the amount of an institution's high quality, unencumbered liquid assets (HQLA), as defined and calculated in accordance with the LCR rules, by its estimated net cash outflow, with net cash outflows determined by applying the assumed outflow factors in the LCR rules. The resulting quotient is expressed as a percentage. For PNC and PNC Bank, the LCR became effective January 1, 2015. The minimum required LCR will be phased-in over a period of years. For 2015, PNC and PNC Bank are required to calculate the LCR on a month-end basis and the minimum LCR that PNC and PNC Bank are required to maintain is 80 percent. Effective July 1, 2016, PNC and PNC Bank must begin calculating their respective LCR ratios on a daily basis.

As of September 30, 2015, the LCR for PNC and PNC Bank exceeded 100 percent. The September 30, 2015 LCR calculation and the underlying components are based on PNC's current interpretation and understanding of the final LCR rules and are subject to, among other things, further regulatory guidance.

We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on PNC in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of our 2014 Form 10-K.

Bank Level Liquidity – Uses

At the bank level, primary contractual obligations include funding loan commitments, satisfying deposit withdrawal requests and maturities and debt service related to bank borrowings. As of September 30, 2015, there were approximately $6.7 billion of bank borrowings with contractual maturities of less than one year. We also maintain adequate bank liquidity to meet future potential loan demand and provide for other business needs, as necessary.

Bank Level Liquidity – Sources

Our largest source of bank liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base generated by our retail and commercial banking businesses. Total deposits increased to $245.0 billion at September 30, 2015 from $232.2 billion at December 31, 2014, driven primarily by growth in money market and savings deposits. Assets determined by PNC to be liquid (liquid assets) and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to maintain our liquidity position. Borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short-term and long-term funding sources.

At September 30, 2015, our liquid assets consisted of short-term investments (Federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities and interest-earning deposits with banks) totaling $37.7 billion and securities available for sale totaling $53.7 billion. The level of liquid assets fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and balance sheet management activities. Of our total liquid assets of $91.4 billion, we had $3.7 billion of securities available for sale and trading securities pledged as collateral to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. In addition to the liquid assets we pledged, $6.5 billion of securities held to maturity were also pledged as collateral for these purposes.

In addition to the customer deposit base, which has historically provided the single largest source of relatively stable and low-cost funding, the bank also obtains liquidity through the issuance of traditional forms of funding, including long-term debt (senior notes and subordinated debt and FHLB advances) and short-term borrowings (Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings).

40 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Under the 2014 bank note program, PNC Bank may from time to time offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes). On May 22, 2015, PNC Bank increased the capacity of this program by $5.0 billion to a maximum aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of $30.0 billion. The $30.0 billion of notes authorized to be issued and outstanding at any one time includes notes issued by PNC Bank under the 2004 bank note program and those notes PNC Bank has assumed through the acquisition of other banks, in each case for so long as such notes remain outstanding. The terms of the 2014 bank note program do not affect any of the bank notes issued prior to January 16, 2014. At September 30, 2015, PNC Bank had $22.3 billion of notes outstanding under this program. The following table details all issuances through September 30, 2015:

Table 38: PNC Bank Bank Notes Issued During 2015


Issuance Date	Amount	Description of Issuance
February 6, 2015	$600 million	Floating rate senior notes issued to an affiliate with a maturity date of January 26, 2017. Interest is payable at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of .30%, on January 26, April 26, July 26 and October 26 of each year, beginning on April 26, 2015.

February 23, 2015	$750 million	Senior notes with a maturity date of February 23, 2025. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.950% on February 23 and August 23 of each year, beginning on August 23, 2015.

February 23, 2015	$1.0 billion	Senior notes with a maturity date of February 23, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 1.500% on February 23 and August 23 of each year, beginning on August 23, 2015.

May 27, 2015	$200 million	Floating rate senior notes with a maturity date of May 27, 2021. Interest is payable at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of .65%, on February 27, May 27, August 27 and November 27 of each year, beginning on August 27, 2015.

June 1, 2015	$550 million	Floating rate senior notes with a maturity date of June 1, 2018. Interest is payable at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of .42%, on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2015.

June 1, 2015	$1.3 billion	Senior notes with a maturity date of June 1, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 1.600% on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2015.

June 1, 2015	$750 million	Senior notes with a maturity date of June 1, 2020. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.300% on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2015.

June 1, 2015	$400 million	Senior notes with a maturity date of June 1, 2025. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 3.250% on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2015.

July 21, 2015	$750 million	Senior notes with a maturity date of July 20, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 1.850% on January 20 and July 20 of each year, beginning on January 20, 2016.

July 21, 2015	$750 million	Senior notes with a maturity date of July 21, 2020. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.600% on January 21 and July 21 of each year, beginning on January 21, 2016.

Total senior and subordinated debt of PNC Bank increased to $24.0 billion at September 30, 2015 from $17.5 billion at December 31, 2014 due to the following activity in the period.

Table 39: PNC Bank Senior and Subordinated Debt


In billions	2015
January 1	$	17.5
Issuances		7.0
Calls and maturities		(.7	)
Other		.2
September 30	$	24.0

See Note 18 Subsequent Events in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for information on two issuances of senior notes totaling $1.75 billion on November 3, 2015.

PNC Bank is a member of the FHLB-Pittsburgh and, as such, has access to advances from FHLB-Pittsburgh secured generally by residential mortgage loans, other mortgage-related loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities. At September 30, 2015, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $16.0 billion with the FHLB-Pittsburgh. Total FHLB borrowings increased to $21.7 billion at September 30, 2015 from $20.0 billion at December 31, 2014 due to the following activity in the period.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 41

Table 40: FHLB Borrowings


In billions	2015
January 1	$	20.0
Issuances		2.3
Calls and maturities		(.6	)
September 30	$	21.7

The FHLB-Pittsburgh also periodically provides standby letters of credit on behalf of PNC Bank to secure certain public deposits. PNC Bank began using standby letters of credit issued by the FHLB-Pittsburgh for these purposes in response to the regulatory liquidity standards finalized during 2014. If the FHLB-Pittsburgh is required to make payment for a beneficiary's draw, the payment amount is converted into a collateralized advance to PNC Bank. At September 30, 2015, standby letters of credit issued on our behalf by the FHLB-Pittsburgh totaled $6.0 billion.

PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of September 30, 2015, there was $1.1 billion outstanding under this program.

PNC Bank can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. The Federal Reserve Bank, however, is not viewed as the primary means of funding our routine business activities, but rather as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. These potential borrowings are secured by commercial loans. At September 30, 2015, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $13.7 billion with the Federal Reserve Bank.

Parent Company Liquidity

As of September 30, 2015, available parent company liquidity totaled $5.0 billion. Parent company liquidity is primarily held in short-term investments, the terms of which provide for the availability of cash in 31 days or less. Investments with longer durations may also be acquired, but if so, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations.

Parent Company Liquidity – Uses

The parent company's contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. As of September 30, 2015, there were approximately $1.9 billion of parent company borrowings with contractual maturities of less than one year. Additionally, the parent company maintains adequate liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to PNC shareholders, share repurchases, and acquisitions.

See Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Capital Highlights in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for information on our 2015 capital plan that was accepted by the

Federal Reserve. Our capital plan included a recommendation to increase the quarterly common stock dividend in the second quarter of 2015 and the ability to redeem the Series K Preferred Stock, as further described below, and also included share repurchase programs of up to $2.875 billion for the five quarter period beginning in the second quarter of 2015. See the Capital portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Financial Review for more information on our share repurchase programs, including detail on our first quarter repurchase of 4.4 million common shares for $.4 billion, our second quarter repurchase of 5.9 million common shares for $.6 billion and our third quarter repurchase of 6.2 million common shares for $.6 billion.

On April 2, 2015, consistent with our 2015 capital plan, our Board of Directors approved an increase to PNC's quarterly common stock dividend from 48 cents per common share to 51 cents per common share beginning with the May 5, 2015 dividend payment.

See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Federal Reserve's CCAR process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in evaluating capital plans, qualitative and quantitative liquidity risk management standards proposed by the U.S. banking agencies, and final rules issued by the Federal Reserve that make certain modifications to the Federal Reserve's capital planning and stress testing rules.

See Table 38 for information on an affiliate purchase of notes issued by PNC Bank during 2015.

Parent Company Liquidity – Sources

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:

•

Bank-level capital needs,

•

Laws and regulations,

•

Corporate policies,

•

Contractual restrictions, and

•

Other factors.

There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend

42 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was approximately $1.6 billion at September 30, 2015. See Note 20 Regulatory Matters in our 2014 Form 10-K for a further discussion of these limitations. We provide additional information on certain contractual restrictions in Note 12 Capital Securities of a Subsidiary Trust and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2014 Form 10-K.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments.

We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC's non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. We have an effective shelf registration statement pursuant to which we can issue additional debt, equity and other capital instruments.

Total parent company senior and subordinated debt and hybrid capital instruments decreased to $8.2 billion at September 30, 2015 from $10.1 billion at December 31, 2014 due to the following activity in the period.

Table 41: Parent Company Senior and Subordinated Debt and Hybrid Capital Instruments


In billions	2015
January 1	$	10.1
Maturities		(1.9	)
September 30	$	8.2

The parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of September 30, 2015, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Status of Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of short-term and long-term funding, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments, is influenced by PNC's credit ratings.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. In addition, rating agencies themselves have been subject to scrutiny arising from the most recent financial crisis and could make or be required to make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, particularly in response to legislative and regulatory changes. Potential changes in the legislative and regulatory environment and the timing of those changes could impact our ratings, which as noted above, could impact our liquidity and financial condition. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

In March 2015, Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) published a new bank ratings methodology which has been implemented on a global basis and includes assessment of expected loss ratings on instruments ranging from bank deposits to preferred stock. In the second quarter of 2015, Moody's concluded its review for PNC and PNC Bank under this new methodology. As a result, Moody's upgraded PNC Bank's long-term deposit rating three notches to Aa2, confirmed PNC Bank's senior debt and issuer ratings at A2, and confirmed PNC Bank's Prime-1 short-term notes rating. The Moody's rating outlook for PNC and PNC Bank is stable.

Table 42: Credit Ratings as of September 30, 2015 for PNC and PNC Bank

Moody's

Standard &
Poor's

Fitch

PNC

Senior debt

A-

A+

Subordinated debt

BBB+

Preferred stock

Baa2

BBB-

PNC Bank

Senior debt

A+

Subordinated debt

A-

Long-term deposits

Aa2

AA-

Short-term deposits

P-1

A-1

F1+

Short-term notes

P-1

A-1

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 43

Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments as of September 30, 2015 representing required and potential cash outflows.

Table 43: Contractual Obligations


			Payment Due By Period
September 30, 2015 – in millions	Total		Less than one year		One to three years		Four to five years		After five years
Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits (a)	$	20,882	$	15,457	$	1,608	$	1,079	$	2,738
Borrowed funds (a) (b)		56,663		12,039		21,912		13,938		8,774
Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable leases		2,713		380		656		488		1,189
Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits		519		56		109		108		246
Purchase obligations (c)		879		449		252		143		35
Total contractual cash obligations	$	81,656	$	28,381	$	24,537	$	15,756	$	12,982

(a)	Includes purchase accounting adjustments.

(b)	Includes basis adjustment relating to accounting hedges.

(c)	Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

At September 30, 2015, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $30 million, which represents a reserve for tax positions that we have taken in our tax returns which ultimately may not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimate has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. See Note 14 Income Taxes in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

Our contractual obligations totaled $82.0 billion at December 31, 2014. The slight decrease in the comparison is primarily attributable to a decrease in time deposits. See Funding Sources in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our funding sources.

Table 44: Other Commitments (a)


			Amount Of Commitment Expiration By Period
September 30, 2015 – in millions	Total Amounts Committed		Less than one year		One to three years		Four to five years		After five years
Commitments to extend credit (b)	$	141,370	$	54,016	$	47,888	$	38,908	$	558
Net outstanding standby letters of credit (c)		9,112		4,433		3,728		925		26
Reinsurance agreements (d)		2,054		9		19		27		1,999
Standby bond purchase agreements		968		255		638		75
Other commitments (e)		990		735		224		31
Total commitments	$	154,494	$	59,448	$	52,497	$	39,966	$	2,583

(a)	Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of syndications, assignments and participations.

(b)	Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions.

(c)	Includes $4.9 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers' variable rate demand notes.

(d)	Reinsurance agreements are with third-party insurers related to insurance sold to or placed on behalf of our customers. Balances represent estimates based on availability of financial information.

(e)	Includes other commitments of $290 million that were not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $700 million of other commitments were included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Our total commitments were $154.9 billion at December 31, 2014. See Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information related to our commitments.

44 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

•

Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans,

•

Equity and other investments and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors, and

•

Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities and securities underwriting.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with these limits and guidelines, and reporting significant risks in the business to the Risk Committee of the Board.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Asset and Liability Management centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our risk management policies, which are approved by management's Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the third quarters of 2015 and 2014 follow:

Table 45: Interest Sensitivity Analysis


	Third Quarter 2015			Third Quarter 2014
Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a)
Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over the following 12 months of:
100 basis point increase		2.7	%		2.8	%
100 basis point decrease		(.7	)%		(.6	)%
Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:
100 basis point increase		6.4	%		7.0	%
100 basis point decrease		(5.3	)%		(3.2	)%
Duration of Equity Model (a)
Base case duration of equity (in years)		(5.2	)		(3.3	)
Key Period-End Interest Rates
One-month LIBOR		.19	%		.16	%
Three-year swap		.98	%		1.30	%

(a)	Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. Table 46 reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist's most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates and (iii) Yield Curve Slope Flattening (a 100 basis point yield curve slope flattening between 1-month and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

Table 46: Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (Third Quarter 2015)


	PNC Economist			Market Forward			Slope Flattening
First year sensitivity		4.8	%		1.8	%		(1.0	)%
Second year sensitivity		10.3	%		4.4	%		(4.9	)%

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other interest rate scenarios presented in Tables 45 and 46 above. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then current market rates. We also consider forward projections of purchase accounting accretion when forecasting net interest income.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 45

The following graph presents the LIBOR/Swap yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

Table 47: Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward

The third quarter 2015 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates and an upward sloping interest rate yield curve. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk

We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers' investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products.

We use value-at-risk (VaR) as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes.

During the first nine months of 2015, our 95% VaR ranged between $1.4 million and $3.6 million, averaging $2.3 million. During the first nine months of 2014, our 95% VaR ranged between $.9 million and $3.9 million, averaging $2.5 million.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. This assumes that market exposures remain constant throughout the day and that recent historical market variability

is a good predictor of future variability. Our customer-related trading activity includes customer revenue and intraday hedging which helps to reduce losses, and may reduce the number of instances of actual losses exceeding the prior day VaR measure. There were six such instances during the first nine months of 2015 where actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure under our diversified VaR measure. In comparison, there were no such instances during the first nine months of 2014. We use a 500 day look back period for backtesting and include customer-related revenue.

The following graph shows a comparison of enterprise-wide gains and losses against prior day diversified VaR for the period indicated.

Table 48: Enterprise-Wide Gains/Losses Versus Value-at-Risk

Customer-related trading revenue increased to $155 million for the first nine months of 2015 compared with $130 million for the first nine months of 2014. This increase was primarily due to market interest rate changes impacting credit valuations for customer-related derivatives activities and improved derivatives client sales revenues.

Customer-related trading revenue increased to $53 million for the third quarter of 2015 compared with $46 million for the third quarter of 2014. This increase was primarily due to improved derivative client sales revenues.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, and underwriting and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including

management buyouts, recapitalizations, and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity and in debt and equity-oriented hedge funds. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets such as loan servicing rights are directly affected by changes in market factors.

46 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The primary risk measurement for equity and other investments is economic capital. Economic capital is a common measure of risk for credit, market and operational risk. It is an estimate of the potential value depreciation over a one year horizon commensurate with solvency expectations of an institution rated single-A by the credit rating agencies. Given the illiquid nature of many of these types of investments, it can be a challenge to determine their fair values. See Note 7 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report and Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 49: Equity Investments Summary


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
BlackRock	$	6,501	$	6,265
Tax credit investments		2,171		2,616
Private equity		1,616		1,615
Visa		43		77
Other		166		155
Total	$	10,497	$	10,728

BlackRock

PNC owned approximately 35 million common stock equivalent shares of BlackRock equity at September 30, 2015, accounted for under the equity method. The primary risk measurement, similar to other equity investments, is economic capital. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information about BlackRock.

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated partnerships which totaled $2.2 billion at September 30, 2015 and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2014. These equity investment balances include unfunded commitments totaling $616 million and $717 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These unfunded commitments are included in Other Liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report has further information on Tax Credit Investments.

Private Equity

The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio comprised of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment.

Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.6 billion at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. As of September 30, 2015, $1.2 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies and $.4 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Included in direct investments are investment activities of two private equity funds that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The noncontrolling interests of these funds totaled $157 million as of September 30, 2015. The interests held in indirect private equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC may receive distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments. See Item 1 Business – Supervision and Regulation and Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2014 Form 10-K for discussion of the potential impacts of the Volcker Rule provisions of Dodd-Frank on our interests in and sponsorship of private funds covered by the Volcker Rule.

Our unfunded commitments related to private equity totaled $139 million at September 30, 2015 compared with $140 million at December 31, 2014.

Visa

Our 2014 Form 10-K includes information regarding the October 2007 Visa restructuring, our involvement with judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks, the status of pending interchange litigation, the sales of portions of our Visa Class B common shares and the related swap agreements with the purchaser.

During the first nine months of 2015, we sold 1.5 million Visa Class B common shares, in addition to the 16.5 million shares sold in previous years. We have entered into swap agreements with the purchasers of the shares as part of these sales. At September 30, 2015, our investment in Visa Class B common shares totaled approximately 5.4 million shares and had a carrying value of $43 million. Based on the September 30, 2015 closing price of $69.66 for the Visa Class A common shares, the fair value of our total investment was approximately $616 million at the current conversion rate. The Visa Class B common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into shares of the publicly traded class of stock, which cannot happen until the settlement of all of the specified litigation.

Other Investments

We also make investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. The economic values could be driven by either the fixed-income market or the equity markets, or both. At September 30, 2015 other investments totaled $166 million compared with $155 million at December 31, 2014. Net gains related to these investments were not significant for the first nine months of 2015 and 2014.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 47

Given the nature of these investments, if market conditions affecting their valuation were to worsen, we could incur future losses.

Our unfunded commitments related to other investments at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were not significant.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related to changes in interest rates. Interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, options, forwards and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Periodic cash payments are exchanged for interest rate swaps, options and futures contracts. Premiums are also exchanged for options contracts. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 7 Fair Value in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K and in Note 7 Fair Value and Note 11 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report, which is incorporated here by reference.

Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

The following table summarizes the notional or contractual amounts and net fair value of financial derivatives at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 50: Financial Derivatives Summary


	September 30, 2015					December 31, 2014
In millions	Notional/ Contractual Amount		Net Fair Value (a)			Notional/ Contractual Amount		Net Fair Value (a)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments	$	52,710	$	1,387		$	49,061	$	1,075
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP
Total derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities	$	91,020	$	420		$	76,102	$	409
Total derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities		27,338		43			26,290		26
Total derivatives used for customer-related activities		190,090		149			183,474		122
Total derivatives used for other risk management activities		5,535		(357	)		5,390		(425	)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	$	313,983	$	255		$	291,256	$	132
Total Derivatives	$	366,693	$	1,642		$	340,317	$	1,207

(a)	Represents the net fair value of assets and liabilities.

I NTERNAL C ONTROLS AND D ISCLOSURE C ONTROLS AND P ROCEDURES

As of September 30, 2015, we performed an evaluation under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on that evaluation, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) were effective as of September 30, 2015, and that there has been no change in PNC's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the third quarter of 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

48 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

G LOSSARY OF T ERMS

Accretable net interest (Accretable yield) – The excess of cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan over the carrying value of the loan. The accretable net interest is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method.

Adjusted average total assets – Primarily comprised of total average quarterly (or annual) assets plus (less) unrealized losses (gains) on investment securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes).

Annualized – Adjusted to reflect a full year of activity.

Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital – Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock, plus retained earnings, plus accumulated other comprehensive income for securities currently and previously held as available for sale, plus accumulated other comprehensive income for pension and other postretirement benefit plans, less goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, less other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities and plus/less other adjustments.

Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital ratio – Common equity Tier 1 capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable).

Basel III Tier 1 capital – Common equity Tier 1 capital, plus preferred stock, plus certain trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others and plus/ less other adjustments.

Basel III Tier 1 capital ratio – Tier 1 capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable).

Basel III Total capital – Tier 1 capital plus qualifying subordinated debt, plus certain trust preferred securities, plus, under the Basel III transitional rules and the standardized approach, the allowance for loan and lease losses included in Tier 2 capital and other.

Basel III Total capital ratio – Total capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable).

Basis point – One hundredth of a percentage point.

Carrying value of purchased impaired loans – The net value on the balance sheet which represents the recorded investment less any valuation allowance.

Cash recoveries – Cash recoveries used in the context of purchased impaired loans represent cash payments for a single purchased impaired loan not included within a pool of loans from customers that exceeded the recorded investment of that loan.

Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible. We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred from portfolio holdings to held for sale by reducing the loan carrying amount to the fair value of the loan, if fair value is less than carrying amount.

Combined loan-to-value ratio (CLTV) – This is the aggregate principal balance(s) of the mortgages on a property divided by its appraised value or purchase price.

Common shareholders' equity to total assets – Common shareholders' equity divided by total assets. Common shareholders' equity equals total shareholders' equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock.

Core net interest income – Core net interest income is total net interest income less purchase accounting accretion.

Credit derivatives – Contractual agreements, primarily credit default swaps, that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit spread – The difference in yield between debt issues of similar maturity. The excess of yield attributable to credit spread is often used as a measure of relative creditworthiness, with a reduction in the credit spread reflecting an improvement in the borrower's perceived creditworthiness.

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) – Represents an adjustment to the fair value of our derivatives for our own and counterparties' non-performance risk.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 49

Derivatives – Financial contracts whose value is derived from changes in publicly traded securities, interest rates, currency exchange rates or market indices. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including but not limited to forward contracts, futures, options and swaps.

Discretionary client assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Duration of equity – An estimate of the rate sensitivity of our economic value of equity. A negative duration of equity is associated with asset sensitivity ( i.e. , positioned for rising interest rates), while a positive value implies liability sensitivity ( i.e. , positioned for declining interest rates). For example, if the duration of equity is -1.5 years, the economic value of equity increases by 1.5% for each 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: federal funds sold; resale agreements; trading securities; interest-earning deposits with banks; loans held for sale; loans; investment securities; and certain other assets.

Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions.

Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by total revenue.

Enterprise risk management framework – An enterprise process designed to identify potential risks that may affect PNC, manage risk to be within our risk appetite and provide reasonable assurance regarding achievement of our objectives.

Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fee income – When referring to the components of Noninterest income, we use the term fee income to refer to the following categories within Noninterest income: Asset management; Consumer services; Corporate services; Residential mortgage; and Service charges on deposits.

FICO score – A credit bureau-based industry standard score created by Fair Isaac Co. which predicts the likelihood of borrower default. We use FICO scores both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our consumer lending portfolio. Lower FICO scores indicate likely higher risk of default, while higher FICO scores indicate likely lower risk of default. FICO scores are updated on a periodic basis.

Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Funds transfer pricing – A management accounting methodology designed to recognize the net interest income effects of sources and uses of funds provided by the assets and liabilities of a business segment. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors.

Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument.

GAAP – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Home price index (HPI) – A broad measure of the movement of single-family house prices in the U.S.

Impaired loans – Loans are determined to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected. Impaired loans include commercial nonperforming loans and consumer and commercial TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option, smaller balance homogenous type loans and purchased impaired loans.

Interest rate floors and caps – Interest rate protection instruments that involve payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer of an interest differential, which represents the difference between a short-term rate ( e.g. , three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount.

Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

Intrinsic value – The difference between the price, if any, required to be paid for stock issued pursuant to an equity compensation arrangement and the fair market value of the underlying stock.

Leverage ratio – Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly adjusted total assets.

50 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

LIBOR – Acronym for London InterBank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. LIBOR rates are used as a benchmark for interest rates on a global basis. PNC's product set includes loans priced using LIBOR as a benchmark.

Loan-to-value ratio (LTV) – A calculation of a loan's collateral coverage that is used both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our lending portfolio. LTV is the sum total of loan obligations secured by collateral divided by the market value of that same collateral. Market values of the collateral are based on an independent valuation of the collateral. For example, a LTV of less than 90% is better secured and has less credit risk than a LTV of greater than or equal to 90%.

Loss given default (LGD) – An estimate of loss, net of recovery based on collateral type, collateral value, loan exposure, and other factors. Each loan has its own LGD. The LGD risk rating measures the percentage of exposure of a specific credit obligation that we expect to lose if default occurs. LGD is net of recovery, through any means, including

but not limited to the liquidation of collateral or deficiency judgments rendered from foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings.

Net interest margin – Annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

Nonaccretable difference – Contractually required payments receivable on a purchased impaired loan in excess of the cash flows expected to be collected.

Nonaccrual loans – Loans for which we do not accrue interest income. Nonaccrual loans include nonperforming loans, in addition to loans accounted for under fair value option and loans accounted for as held for sale for which full collection of contractual principal and/or interest is not probable.

Nondiscretionary client assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a nondiscretionary, custodial capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and OREO and foreclosed assets, but exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming.

Nonperforming loans – Loans accounted for at amortized cost for which we do not accrue interest income. Nonperforming loans include loans to commercial, commercial real estate,

equipment lease financing, home equity, residential real estate, credit card and other consumer customers as well as TDRs which have not returned to performing status. Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. Nonperforming loans exclude purchased impaired loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

Notional amount – A number of currency units, shares, or other units specified in a derivative contract.

Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue (GAAP basis) less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth ( i.e. , positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth ( i.e. , negative operating leverage).

Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets – Assets taken in settlement of troubled loans primarily through deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or foreclosure. Foreclosed assets include real and personal property, equity interests in corporations, partnerships, and limited liability companies. Excludes certain assets that have a government-guarantee which are classified as other receivables.

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) – When the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis, an assessment is performed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. If we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. In such cases, an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Further, if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. However for debt securities, if we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before its recovery, the other-than-temporary loss is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss, and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses is recognized in earnings while the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 51

Parent company liquidity coverage – Liquid assets divided by funding obligations within a two year period.

Pretax earnings – Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests.

Pretax, pre-provision earnings – Total revenue less noninterest expense.

Primary client relationship – A corporate banking client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 to $50,000 or more, and for Asset Management Group, a client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 or more.

Probability of default (PD) – An internal risk rating that indicates the likelihood that a credit obligor will enter into default status.

Purchase accounting accretion – Accretion of the discounts and premiums on acquired assets and liabilities. The purchase accounting accretion is recognized in net interest income over

the weighted-average life of the financial instruments using the constant effective yield method. Accretion for a single purchased impaired loan not included within a pool of loans includes any cash recoveries on that loan received in excess of the recorded investment.

Purchased impaired loans – Acquired loans (or pools of loans) determined to be credit impaired under FASB ASC 310-30 (AICPA SOP 03-3). Loans (or pools of loans) are determined to be impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

Recorded investment (purchased impaired loans) – The initial investment of a purchased impaired loan plus interest accretion and less any cash payments and writedowns to date. The recorded investment excludes any valuation allowance which is included in our allowance for loan and lease losses.

Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Residential development loans – Project-specific loans to commercial customers for the construction or development of residential real estate including land, single family homes, condominiums and other residential properties.

Return on average assets – Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average capital – Annualized net income divided by average capital.

Return on average common shareholders' equity – Annualized net income attributable to common shareholders divided by average common shareholders' equity.

Risk – The potential that an event or series of events could occur that would threaten PNC's ability to achieve its strategic objectives, thereby negatively affecting shareholder value or reputation.

Risk appetite – A dynamic, forward-looking view on the aggregate amount of risk PNC is willing and able to take in executing business strategy in light of the current business environment.

Risk limits – Quantitative measures based on forward looking assumptions that allocate the firm's aggregate risk appetite ( e.g. measure of loss or negative events) to business lines, legal entities, specific risk categories, concentrations and as appropriate, other levels.

Risk profile – The risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of risk. The profile represents overall risk position in relation to the desired risk appetite. The determination of the risk profile's position is based on qualitative and quantitative analysis of reported risk limits, metrics, operating guidelines and qualitative assessments.

Risk-weighted assets – Computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments.

Securitization – The process of legally transforming financial assets into securities.

Servicing rights – An intangible asset or liability created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow.

52 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Swaptions – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Taxable-equivalent interest – The interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from Federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on other taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Total equity – Total shareholders' equity plus noncontrolling interests.

Total return swap – A non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the "total return" of a defined underlying asset ( e.g., a loan), usually in return for receiving a stream of LIBOR-based cash flows. The total returns of the asset, including interest and any default shortfall, are passed through to the counterparty. The counterparty is, therefore, assuming the credit and economic risk of the underlying asset.

Transaction deposits – The sum of interest-bearing money market deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Transitional Basel III common equity – Common equity calculated under Basel III using phased in definitions and deductions applicable to PNC during the applicable presentation period.

Troubled debt restructuring (TDR) – A loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties.

Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk that describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 95 out of 100 days for a 95% VaR.

Watchlist – A list of criticized loans, credit exposure or other assets compiled for internal monitoring purposes. We define criticized exposure for this purpose as exposure with an internal risk rating of other assets especially mentioned, substandard, doubtful or loss.

Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a "normal" or "positive" yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A "flat" yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A "steep" yield curve exists when yields on long-term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An "inverted" or "negative" yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 53

C AUTIONARY S TATEMENT R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING I NFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting PNC and its future business and operations that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as "believe," "plan," "expect," "anticipate," "see," "look," "intend," "outlook," "project," "forecast," "estimate," "goal," "will," "should" and other similar words and expressions. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

•

Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including the following:

–

Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets.

–

Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets.

–

The impact on financial markets and the economy of any changes in the credit ratings of U.S. Treasury obligations and other U.S. government-backed debt, as well as issues surrounding the levels of U.S. and European government debt and concerns regarding the creditworthiness of certain sovereign governments, supranationals and financial institutions in Europe.

–

Actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

–

Changes in customers', suppliers' and other counterparties' performance and creditworthiness.

–

Slowing or reversal of the current U.S. economic expansion.

–

Continued residual effects of recessionary conditions and uneven spread of positive impacts of recovery on the economy and our counterparties, including adverse impacts on levels of unemployment, loan utilization rates, delinquencies, defaults and counterparty ability to meet credit and other obligations.

–

Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether due to changing business and economic

conditions, legislative and regulatory initiatives, or other factors.

•

Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our current view that the U.S. economic expansion will speed up to an above trend growth rate near 2.5 percent in the fourth quarter of 2015, boosted by lower oil/energy prices and solid job gains, and that short-term interest rates and bond yields will rise slowly during the remainder of 2015. These forward-looking statements also do not, unless otherwise indicated, take into account the impact of potential legal and regulatory contingencies.

•

PNC's ability to take certain capital actions, including paying dividends and any plans to increase common stock dividends, repurchase common stock under current or future programs, or issue or redeem preferred stock or other regulatory capital instruments, is subject to the review of such proposed actions by the Federal Reserve as part of PNC's comprehensive capital plan for the applicable period in connection with the regulators' Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) process and to the acceptance of such capital plan and non-objection to such capital actions by the Federal Reserve.

•

PNC's regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, the company's financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect (particularly those implementing the Basel Capital Accords), and management actions affecting the composition of PNC's balance sheet. In addition, PNC's ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory approval of related models.

•

Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation, or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

–

Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory reforms, including major reform of the regulatory oversight structure of the financial services industry and changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other industry aspects, and changes in accounting policies and principles. We will be impacted by extensive reforms provided for in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") and otherwise growing out of the most recent financial crisis, the precise nature, extent and

54 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

timing of which, and their impact on us, remains uncertain.

–

Changes to regulations governing bank capital and liquidity standards, including due to the Dodd-Frank Act and to Basel-related initiatives.

–

Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries. In addition to matters relating to PNC's current and historical business and activities, such matters may include proceedings, claims, investigations, or inquiries relating to pre-acquisition business and activities of acquired companies, such as National City. These matters may result in monetary judgments or settlements or other remedies, including fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs, and may cause reputational harm to PNC.

–

Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

–

Impact on business and operating results of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

•

Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards. In particular, our results currently depend on our ability to manage elevated levels of impaired assets.

•

Business and operating results also include impacts relating to our equity interest in BlackRock, Inc. and rely to a significant extent on information provided to us by BlackRock. Risks and uncertainties that could affect BlackRock are discussed in more detail by BlackRock in its SEC filings.

•

We grow our business in part by acquiring from time to time other financial services companies, financial services assets and related deposits and other liabilities. Acquisition risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, and the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing.

•

Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Industry restructuring in the current environment could also impact our business and financial performance through changes in counterparty creditworthiness and performance and in the competitive and regulatory landscape. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

•

Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread natural and other disasters, pandemics, dislocations, terrorist activities, cyberattacks or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in our 2014 10-K, in our first and second quarter 2015 Form 10-Qs, and elsewhere in this Report, including in the Risk Factors and Risk Management sections and the Legal Proceedings and Commitments and Guarantees Notes of the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in such reports. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 55

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.


Unaudited	Three months ended September 30					Nine months ended September 30
In millions, except per share data	2015			2014		2015		2014
*Interest Income*
Loans	$	1,804		$	1,848	$	5,397	$	5,592
Investment securities		423			387		1,236		1,226
Other		114			93		332		276
Total interest income		2,341			2,328		6,965		7,094
*Interest Expense*
Deposits		107			81		297		239
Borrowed funds		172			143		482		427
Total interest expense		279			224		779		666
Net interest income		2,062			2,104		6,186		6,428
*Noninterest Income*
Asset management		376			411		1,168		1,137
Consumer services		341			320		986		933
Corporate services		384			374		1,097		1,018
Residential mortgage		125			140		453		483
Service charges on deposits		172			179		481		482
Net gains (losses) on sales of securities		(9	)		–		41		4
Other		324			313		960		943
Total noninterest income		1,713			1,737		5,186		5,000
Total revenue		3,775			3,841		11,372		11,428
*Provision For Credit Losses*		81			55		181		221
*Noninterest Expense*
Personnel		1,222			1,189		3,579		3,441
Occupancy		209			200		634		617
Equipment		227			220		680		625
Marketing		64			66		193		186
Other		630			682		1,981		2,080
Total noninterest expense		2,352			2,357		7,067		6,949
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		1,342			1,429		4,124		4,258
Income taxes		269			391		1,003		1,108
Net income		1,073			1,038		3,121		3,150
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests		18			1		23		2
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion and redemptions		64			71		182		189
Net income attributable to common shareholders	$	991		$	966	$	2,916	$	2,959
*Earnings Per Common Share*
Basic	$	1.93		$	1.82	$	5.64	$	5.55
Diluted		1.90			1.79		5.52		5.45
*Average Common Shares Outstanding*
Basic		512			529		516		531
Diluted		520			537		525		539

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

56 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.


Unaudited In millions		Three months ended September 30								Nine months ended September 30
	2015				2014				2015				2014
*Net income*		$	1,073			$	1,038			$	3,121			$	3,150
*Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income:*
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities			154				(132	)			(137	)			269
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities			4				15				11				122
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives			234				(81	)			303				(5	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments			7				(2	)			57				89
Other			(1	)			(12	)			(37	)			(5	)
*Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income*			398				(212	)			197				470
Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income			(162	)			58				(85	)			(179	)
*Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax and net of reclassifications into Net income*			236				(154	)			112				291
*Comprehensive income*			1,309				884				3,233				3,441
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests			18				1				23				2
*Comprehensive income attributable to PNC*		$	1,291			$	883			$	3,210			$	3,439

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 57

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.


Unaudited In millions, except par value	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
*Assets*
Cash and due from banks (includes $5 and $6 for VIEs) (a)	$	3,835		$	4,360
Federal funds sold and resale agreements (includes $139 and $155 measured at fair value) (b)		1,534			1,852
Trading securities		1,901			2,353
Interest-earning deposits with banks (includes $5 and $6 for VIEs) (a)		34,224			31,779
Loans held for sale (includes $1,888 and $2,154 measured at fair value) (b)		2,060			2,262
Investment securities		68,066			55,823
Loans (includes $1,354 and $1,606 for VIEs) (a) (includes $915 and $1,034 measured at fair value) (b)		204,983			204,817
Allowance for loan and lease losses (includes $(43) and $(50) for VIEs) (a)		(3,237	)		(3,331	)
Net loans		201,746			201,486
Goodwill		9,103			9,103
Mortgage servicing rights		1,467			1,351
Other intangible assets		407			493
Equity investments (includes $114 and $492 for VIEs) (a)		10,497			10,728
Other (includes $468 and $483 for VIEs) (a) (includes $349 and $412 measured at fair value) (b)		27,285			23,482
Total assets	$	362,125		$	345,072
*Liabilities*
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	$	78,239		$	73,479
Interest-bearing		166,740			158,755
Total deposits		244,979			232,234
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		2,077			3,510
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings		21,664			20,005
Bank notes and senior debt		19,749			15,750
Subordinated debt		9,242			9,151
Commercial paper		1,125			4,995
Other (includes $207 and $347 for VIEs) (a) (includes $136 and $273 measured at fair value) (b)		2,806			3,357
Total borrowed funds		56,663			56,768
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		266			259
Accrued expenses (includes $55 and $70 for VIEs) (a)		5,185			5,187
Other (includes $95 and $206 for VIEs) (a)		8,754			4,550
Total liabilities		315,847			298,998
*Equity*
Preferred stock (c)
Common stock ($5 par value, authorized 800 shares, issued 542 and 541 shares)		2,708			2,705
Capital surplus – preferred stock		3,450			3,946
Capital surplus – common stock and other		12,675			12,627
Retained earnings		28,337			26,200
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		615			503
Common stock held in treasury at cost: 32 and 18 shares		(2,837	)		(1,430	)
Total shareholders' equity		44,948			44,551
Noncontrolling interests		1,330			1,523
Total equity		46,278			46,074
Total liabilities and equity	$	362,125		$	345,072

(a)	Amounts represent the assets or liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs).

(b)	Amounts represent items for which we have elected the fair value option.

(c)	Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

58 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.


Unaudited In millions		Nine months ended September 30
	2015				2014
*Operating Activities*
Net income		$	3,121			$	3,150
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities
Provision for credit losses			181				221
Depreciation and amortization			802				724
Deferred income taxes			128				50
Net gains on sales of securities			(41	)			(4	)
Changes in fair value of mortgage servicing rights			297				308
Gain on sales of Visa Class B common shares			(122	)			(173	)
Undistributed earnings of BlackRock			(292	)			(334	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements			(33	)			(23	)
Net change in
Trading securities and other short-term investments			165				628
Loans held for sale			(86	)			(220	)
Other assets			(2,415	)			170
Accrued expenses and other liabilities			2,280				332
Other			(385	)			(249	)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities			3,600				4,580
*Investing Activities*
Sales
Securities available for sale			3,341				3,564
Loans			1,613				1,866
Repayments/maturities
Securities available for sale			6,013				5,349
Securities held to maturity			1,541				1,648
Purchases
Securities available for sale			(17,546	)			(5,057	)
Securities held to maturity			(3,735	)
Loans			(564	)			(544	)
Net change in
Federal funds sold and resale agreements			317				222
Interest-earning deposits with banks			(2,445	)			(14,112	)
Loans			(1,502	)			(7,206	)
Other			(567	)			(277	)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities			(13,534	)			(14,547	)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 59

(continued on following page)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(continued from previous page)


Unaudited In millions		Nine months ended September 30
	2015				2014
*Financing Activities*
Net change in
Noninterest-bearing deposits		$	4,772			$ 2,672
Interest-bearing deposits			7,985			2,716
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements			(1,433	)		(789	)
Commercial paper			(2	)		(268	)
Other borrowed funds			276			(156	)
Sales/issuances
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings			2,250			10,150
Bank notes and senior debt			6,428			4,933
Subordinated debt						745
Commercial paper			1,394			6,737
Other borrowed funds			613			470
Common and treasury stock			130			203
Repayments/maturities
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings			(591	)		(6,591	)
Bank notes and senior debt			(2,629	)		(2,194	)
Subordinated debt			57			34
Commercial paper			(5,262	)		(6,657	)
Other borrowed funds			(1,557	)		(374	)
Preferred stock redemption			(500	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements			33			23
Acquisition of treasury stock			(1,598	)		(633	)
Preferred stock cash dividends paid			(178	)		(185	)
Common stock cash dividends paid			(779	)		(748	)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities			9,409			10,088
*Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks*			(525	)		121
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period			4,360			4,043
Cash and due from banks at end of period		$	3,835			$ 4,164
*Supplemental Disclosures*
Interest paid		$	764			$ 627
Income taxes paid			527			689
Income taxes refunded			2			9
*Non-cash Investing and Financing Items*
Transfer from (to) loans to (from) loans held for sale, net			153			485
Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets			340			465

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

60 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

T HE PNC F INANCIAL S ERVICES G ROUP , I NC .

B USINESS

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

N OTE 1 A CCOUNTING P OLICIES

Basis Of Financial Statement Presentation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly-owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the 2015 presentation, which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, we evaluate the materiality of identified errors in the financial statements using both an income statement and a balance sheet approach, based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The consolidated financial statements include certain adjustments to correct immaterial errors related to previously reported periods.

In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal, recurring adjustments needed to present fairly our results for the interim periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

When preparing these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, we have assumed that you have read the audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Reference is made to Note 1 Accounting Policies in the 2014 Form 10-K for a detailed description of significant accounting policies. Included herein are policies that are required to be disclosed on an interim basis as well as policies where there has been a significant change within the first nine months of 2015. These interim consolidated financial statements serve to update the 2014 Form 10-K and may not include all information and notes necessary to constitute a complete set of financial statements.

We have also considered the impact of subsequent events on these consolidated financial statements.

Use Of Estimates

We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time of preparation, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our fair value measurements, allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and accretion on purchased impaired loans. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 61

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

The matrix below summarizes PNC's policies for classifying certain loans as nonperforming loans and/or discontinuing the accrual of loan interest income.


Commercial loans

Loans Classified as Nonperforming and Accounted for as Nonaccrual		• Loans accounted for at amortized cost where:
	– The loan is 90 days or more past due.
	– The loan is rated substandard or worse due to the determination that full collection of principal and interest is not probable as demonstrated by the following conditions:

		• The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due;

		• Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the borrower's future debt service ability, according to the terms of the credit arrangement, regardless of whether 90 days have passed or not;

		• The borrower has filed or will likely file for bankruptcy;

		• The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest;

		• We are in the process of liquidating a commercial borrower; or

		• We are pursuing remedies under a guarantee.

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual		• Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. • Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (Held for Sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.


Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting		• Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted by nature of the accounting for these assets. • Loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.


Consumer loans

Loans Classified as Nonperforming and Accounted for as Nonaccrual		• Loans accounted for at amortized cost where full collection of contractual principal and interest is not deemed probable as demonstrated in the policies below:
	– The loan is 90 days past due for home equity and installment loans, and 180 days past due for well secured residential real estate loans;

		– The loan has been modified and classified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR);

		– Notification of bankruptcy has been received and the loan is 30 days or more past due;

		– The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and the first lien loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due);

		– Other loans within the same borrower relationship have been placed on nonaccrual or charge-offs have been taken on them;

		– The bank has repossessed non-real estate collateral securing the loan; or

		– The bank has charged-off the loan to the value of the collateral.

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual		• Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. • Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (Held for Sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.


Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting		• Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted through the accounting model.
	• Certain government insured loans where substantially all principal and interest is insured.
	• Residential real estate loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.
	• Consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

See Note 3 Asset Quality in this Report for additional detail on nonperforming assets and asset quality indicators for commercial and consumer loans.

62 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Commercial Loans

We generally charge off Commercial Lending (Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Equipment Lease Financing) nonperforming loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well-secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral, and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.

Additionally, in general, for smaller dollar commercial loans of $1 million or less, a partial or full charge-off occurs at 120 days past due for term loans and 180 days past due for revolvers. Certain small business credit card balances that are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due are charged-off at 180 days past due.

Consumer Loans

Home equity installment loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential real estate loans that are not well-secured and in the process of collection are charged-off at no later than 180 days past due. At that time, the basis in the loan is reduced to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. In addition to this policy, the bank recognizes a charge-off on a secured consumer loan when:

•

The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and a foreclosure notice has been received on the first lien loan;

•

The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan which is 30 days or more past due with a combined loan to value ratio of greater than or equal to 110% and the first lien loan is seriously stressed ( i.e ., 90 days or more past due);

•

The loan is modified or otherwise restructured in a manner that results in the loan becoming collateral dependent;

•

Notification of bankruptcy has been received within the last 60 days and the loan is 60 days or more past due;

•

The borrower has been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and has not formally reaffirmed his or her loan obligation to PNC; or

•

The collateral securing the loan has been repossessed and the value of the collateral is less than the recorded investment of the loan outstanding.

For loans that continue to meet any of the above policies, collateral values are updated annually and subsequent declines in collateral values are charged-off resulting in incremental provision for credit loss.

Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off after 120-180 days past due.

Accounting for Nonperforming Loans and Leases and Other Nonaccrual Loans

For accrual loans, interest income is accrued on a monthly basis and certain fees and costs are deferred upon origination and recognized in income over the term of the loan utilizing an effective yield method. For nonaccrual loans, interest income accrual and deferred fee/cost amortization is discontinued. Additionally, the current year accrued and uncollected interest is reversed through Net interest income and prior year accrued and uncollected interest is charged-off. Nonaccrual loans may also be charged-off to reduce the basis to the fair value of collateral less costs to sell.

If payment is received on a nonaccrual loan, generally the payment is first applied to the recorded investment; payments are then applied to recover any charged-off amounts related to the loan. Finally, if both recorded investment and any charge-offs have been recovered, then the payment will be recorded as fee and interest income.

For TDRs, payments are applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan is deemed non-performing. TDRs are generally included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans until returned to performing/accruing status through performance under restructured terms and other performance indicators for a reasonable period of time demonstrating that the bank expects to collect all of the loan's remaining contractual principal and interest. TDRs resulting from 1) borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and 2) borrowers that are not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

Other nonaccrual loans are generally not returned to accrual status until the borrower has performed in accordance with the contractual terms and other performance indicators for at least six months, the period of time which was determined to demonstrate the expected collection of the loan's remaining contractual principal and interest. When a nonperforming loan is returned to accrual status, it is then considered a performing loan.

See Note 3 Asset Quality and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in this Report and in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional TDR information.

Allowance f or Loan and Lease Losses

We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of these loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. This critical estimate includes significant use

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 63

of PNC's own historical data and complex methods to interpret this data. These evaluations are inherently subjective, as they require material estimates and may be susceptible to significant change, and include, among others:

•

Probability of default (PD),

•

Loss given default (LGD),

•

Outstanding balance of the loan,

•

Movement through delinquency stages,

•

Amounts and timing of expected future cash flows,

•

Value of collateral, which may be obtained from third parties, and

•

Qualitative factors, such as changes in current economic conditions, that may not be reflected in modeled results.

For all loans, except purchased impaired loans, the ALLL is the sum of three components: (i) asset specific/individual impaired reserves, (ii) quantitative (formulaic or pooled) reserves and (iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves.

The reserve calculation and determination process is dependent on the use of key assumptions. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.

Asset Specific/Individual Component

Nonperforming loans that are considered impaired under ASC 310 – Receivables, which include all commercial and consumer TDRs, are evaluated for a specific reserve. Specific reserve allocations are determined as follows:

•

For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold, specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan's expected future cash flows, the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral.

•

For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs below the defined dollar threshold, the individual loan's loss given default (LGD) percentage is multiplied by the loan balance and the results are aggregated for purposes of measuring specific reserve impairment.

•

Consumer nonperforming loans are collectively reserved for unless classified as consumer TDRs. For consumer TDRs, specific reserves are determined through an analysis of the present value of the loan's expected future cash flows, except for those instances where loans have been deemed collateral dependent, including loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC. Once that determination has been made, those TDRs are charged down to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell at each period end.

Commercial Lending Quantitative Component

The estimates of the quantitative component of ALLL for incurred losses within the commercial lending portfolio segment are determined through statistical loss modeling utilizing PD, LGD and outstanding balance of the loan. Based upon loan risk ratings, we assign PDs and LGDs. Each of these statistical parameters is determined based on internal historical data and market data. PD is influenced by such factors as liquidity, industry, obligor financial structure, access to capital and cash flow. LGD is influenced by collateral type, original and/or updated loan-to-value ratio (LTV), facility structure and other factors.

Consumer Lending Quantitative Component

Quantitative estimates within the consumer lending portfolio segment are calculated primarily using a roll-rate model based on statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off over our loss emergence period.

Qualitative Component

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors that may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors may include:

•

Industry concentrations and conditions,

•

Recent credit quality trends,

•

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

•

Recent macro-economic factors,

•

Model imprecision,

•

Changes in lending policies and procedures,

•

Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions, and

•

Limitations of available historical data.

Allowance for Purchased Non-Impaired Loans

ALLL for purchased non-impaired loans is determined based upon a comparison between the methodologies described above and the remaining acquisition date fair value discount that has yet to be accreted into interest income. After making the comparison, an ALLL is recorded for the amount greater than the discount, or no ALLL is recorded if the discount is greater.

Allowance for Purchased Impaired Loans

ALLL for purchased impaired loans is determined in accordance with ASC 310-30 by comparing the net present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the recorded investment for a given loan (or pool of loans). In cases where the net present value of expected cash flows is

64 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

lower than the recorded investment, ALLL is established. Cash flows expected to be collected represent management's best estimate of the cash flows expected over the life of a loan (or pool of loans). For large balance commercial loans, cash flows are separately estimated at the loan level. For smaller balance pooled loans, pool cash flows are estimated using cash flow models. Pools were defined at acquisition based on the risk characteristics of the loan. Our cash flow models use loan data including, but not limited to, contractual loan balance, delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower FICO credit scores, geographic information, historical loss experience, and updated LTVs, as well as best estimates for changes in unemployment rates, home prices and other economic factors, to determine estimated cash flows.

See Note 4 Purchased Loans and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional loan data and application of the policies disclosed herein.

Our credit risk management policies, procedures and practices are designed to promote sound lending standards and prudent credit risk management. We have policies, procedures and practices that address financial statement requirements, collateral review and appraisal requirements, advance rates based upon collateral types, appropriate levels of exposure, cross-border risk, lending to specialized industries or borrower type, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date. We determine the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors, and, solely for commercial lending, the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for funded exposures. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are included in the provision for credit losses.

See Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional loan data and application of the policies disclosed herein.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. See Note 12 Earnings Per Share for additional information.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

We did not adopt any new accounting standards during the third quarter of 2015.

N OTE 2 L OAN S ALE AND S ERVICING A CTIVITIES AND V ARIABLE I NTEREST E NTITIES

Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

As more fully described in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2014 Form 10-K, we have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. Our continuing involvement generally consists of servicing, repurchasing previously transferred loans under certain conditions and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs.

We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and, depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer where PNC retains the servicing, we recognize a servicing right at fair value. See Note 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for information on our servicing rights, including the carrying value of servicing assets.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 65

The following table provides cash flows associated with PNC's loan sale and servicing activities:

Table 51: Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities


In millions	Residential Mortgages		Commercial Mortgages (a)			Home Equity Loans/Lines (b)
CASH FLOWS – Three months ended September 30, 2015
Sales of loans (c)	$	2,329	$	846
Repurchases of previously transferred loans (d)		129				$	90
Servicing fees (e)		84		35			4
Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net		32		(6	)		3
Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)		424		41
CASH FLOWS – Three months ended September 30, 2014
Sales of loans (c)	$	2,153	$	1,091
Repurchases of previously transferred loans (d)		188				$	4
Servicing fees (e)		86		34			4
Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net		15		38
Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)		238		51
CASH FLOWS – Nine months ended September 30, 2015
Sales of loans (c)	$	6,284	$	3,025
Repurchases of previously transferred loans (d)		432				$	92
Servicing fees (e)		249		103			12
Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net		70		22			28
Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)		1,093		155
CASH FLOWS – Nine months ended September 30, 2014
Sales of loans (c)	$	6,437	$	2,026
Repurchases of previously transferred loans (d)		556				$	13
Servicing fees (e)		260		101			14
Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net		84		93			6
Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (f)		724		242

(a)	Represents cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.

(b)	These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity lending business in which PNC is no longer engaged.

(c)	Gains/losses recognized on sales of loans were insignificant for the periods presented.

(d)	Includes government insured or guaranteed loans eligible for repurchase through the exercise of our ROAP option and loans repurchased due to breaches of origination covenants or representations and warranties made to purchasers.

(e)	Includes contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees.

(f)

Represents cash flows on securities we hold issued by a securitization SPE in which PNC transferred to and/or services loans. The carrying value of such securities held were $5.8 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.1 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2015 and $3.5 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.2 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2014. Additionally, at December 31, 2014, the carrying value of such securities held were $3.4 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.3 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities.

66 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The table below presents information about the principal balances of transferred loans that we service and are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We would only experience a loss on these transferred loans if we were required to repurchase a loan due to a breach in representations and warranties or a loss sharing arrangement associated with our continuing involvement of these loans. For more information regarding our recourse and repurchase obligations, including our reserve of estimated losses, see the Recourse and Repurchase Obligations section of Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees.

Table 52: Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans, and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others


In millions	Residential Mortgages		Commercial Mortgages (a)		Home Equity Loans/Lines (b)
September 30, 2015
Total principal balance	$	74,338	$	53,466	$	3,009
Delinquent loans (c)		2,014		792		933
December 31, 2014
Total principal balance	$	79,108	$	60,873	$	3,833
Delinquent loans (c)		2,657		707		1,303
Three months ended September 30, 2015
Net charge-offs (d)	$	23	$	236	$	6
Three months ended September 30, 2014
Net charge-offs (d)	$	33	$	439	$	15
Nine months ended September 30, 2015
Net charge-offs (d)	$	92	$	491	$	21
Nine months ended September 30, 2014
Net charge-offs (d)	$	108	$	1,139	$	47

(a)	Represents information at the securitization level in which PNC has sold loans and is the servicer for the securitization.

(b)	These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity lending business in which PNC is no longer engaged.

(c)	Serviced delinquent loans are 90 days or more past due or are in process of foreclosure.

(d)

Net charge-offs for Residential mortgages and Home equity loans/lines represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported to investors during the period. Net charge-offs for Commercial mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported by the trustee for CMBS securitizations. Realized losses for Agency securitizations are not reflected as we do not manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to loss information.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 67

Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)

As discussed in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2014 Form 10-K, we are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. The following provides a summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. We have not provided additional financial support to these entities which we are not contractually required to provide.

Table 53: Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value (a) (b)


September 30, 2015 In millions	Credit Card and Other Securitization Trusts			Tax Credit Investments		Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks				$	5	$	5
Interest-earning deposits with banks					5		5
Loans	$	1,348			6		1,354
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(43	)				(43	)
Equity investments					114		114
Other assets		19			449		468
Total assets	$	1,324		$	579	$	1,903
Liabilities
Other borrowed funds	$	51		$	156	$	207
Accrued expenses					55		55
Other liabilities					95		95
Total liabilities	$	51		$	306	$	357


December 31, 2014 In millions	Credit Card and Other Securitization Trusts			Tax Credit Investments		Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks				$	6	$	6
Interest-earning deposits with banks					6		6
Loans	$	1,606					1,606
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(50	)				(50	)
Equity investments					492		492
Other assets		31			452		483
Total assets	$	1,587		$	956	$	2,543
Liabilities
Other borrowed funds	$	166		$	181	$	347
Accrued expenses					70		70
Other liabilities					206		206
Total liabilities	$	166		$	457	$	623

(a)	Amounts represent carrying value on PNC's Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)	Difference between total assets and total liabilities represents the equity portion of the VIE or intercompany assets and liabilities which are eliminated in consolidation.

68 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 54: Non-Consolidated VIEs


In millions	PNC Risk of Loss (a)		Carrying Value of Assets Owned by PNC			Carrying Value of Liabilities Owned by PNC
September 30, 2015
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)	$	1,314	$	1,314	(c)
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)		5,783		5,783	(c)	$	1	(e)
Tax Credit Investments and Other		2,388		2,447	(d)		719	(f)
Total	$	9,485	$	9,544		$	720


In millions	PNC Risk of Loss (a)		Carrying Value of Assets Owned by PNC			Carrying Value of Liabilities Owned by PNC
December 31, 2014
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)	$	1,550	$	1,550	(c)	$	1	(e)
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (b)		3,385		3,385	(c)		4	(e)
Tax Credit Investments and Other		2,270		2,304	(d)		777	(f)
Total	$	7,205	$	7,239		$	782

(a)	This represents loans, investments and other assets related to non-consolidated VIEs, net of collateral (if applicable).

(b)

Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for an SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Values disclosed in the PNC Risk of Loss column represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities' holdings. Additionally, we also invest in other mortgage and asset-backed securities issued by third-party VIEs with which we have no continuing involvement. Further information on these securities is included in Note 6 Investment Securities.

(c)	Included in Trading securities, Investment securities, Other intangible assets and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(d)	Included in Loans, Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(e)	Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(f)	Included in Deposits and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Our involvement with VIEs is discussed in further detail in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2014 Form 10-K.

N OTE 3 A SSET Q UALITY

Asset Quality

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency rates may be a key indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the loan portfolios. The measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale, purchased impaired loans, nonperforming loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option which are on nonaccrual status, but include government insured or guaranteed loans and accruing loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO and foreclosed assets, and nonperforming TDRs. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Interest income is not recognized on these loans. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are reported as performing loans as these loans are accounted for at fair value. However, when nonaccrual criteria is met, interest income is not recognized on these loans. Additionally, certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are not reported as nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest. Purchased impaired loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for further information.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional delinquency, nonperforming, and charge-off information.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 69

The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans and our nonperforming assets at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Table 55: Analysis of Loan Portfolio (a)


	Accruing
Dollars in millions	Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due			30-59 Days Past Due			60-89 Days Past Due			90 Days Or More Past Due			Total Past Due (b)			Nonperforming Loans			Fair Value Option Nonaccrual Loans (c)			Purchased Impaired Loans			Total Loans (d) (e)
September 30, 2015
Commercial Lending
Commercial	$	96,952		$	56		$	39		$	36		$	131		$	301					$	43		$	97,427
Commercial real estate		25,671			32			17						49			212						161			26,093
Equipment lease financing		7,635			2									2			7									7,644
Total commercial lending		130,258			90			56			36			182			520						204			131,164
Consumer Lending
Home equity		30,124			69			31						100			1,029						1,753			33,006
Residential real estate (f)		10,691			146			58			585			789			571		$	231			2,210			14,492
Credit card		4,523			26			18			30			74			3									4,600
Other consumer (g)		21,149			177			102			239			518			54									21,721
Total consumer lending		66,487			418			209			854			1,481			1,657			231			3,963			73,819
Total	$	196,745		$	508		$	265		$	890		$	1,663		$	2,177		$	231		$	4,167		$	204,983
Percentage of total loans		95.99	%		.25	%		.13	%		.43	%		.81	%		1.06	%		.11	%		2.03	%		100.00	%
December 31, 2014
Commercial Lending
Commercial	$	96,922		$	73		$	24		$	37		$	134		$	290					$	74		$	97,420
Commercial real estate		22,667			23			2						25			334						236			23,262
Equipment lease financing		7,672			11			1						12			2									7,686
Total commercial lending		127,261			107			27			37			171			626						310			128,368
Consumer Lending
Home equity		31,474			70			32						102			1,112						1,989			34,677
Residential real estate (f)		9,900			163			68			742			973			706		$	269			2,559			14,407
Credit card		4,528			28			20			33			81			3									4,612
Other consumer (g)		22,071			214			112			293			619			63									22,753
Total consumer lending		67,973			475			232			1,068			1,775			1,884			269			4,548			76,449
Total	$	195,234		$	582		$	259		$	1,105		$	1,946		$	2,510		$	269		$	4,858		$	204,817
Percentage of total loans		95.32	%		.28	%		.13	%		.54	%		.95	%		1.23	%		.13	%		2.37	%		100.00	%

(a)	Amounts in table represent recorded investment and exclude loans held for sale.

(b)	Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

(c)

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option for which we do not expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are subject to nonaccrual accounting and classification upon meeting any of our nonaccrual policies. Given that these loans are not accounted for at amortized cost, these loans have been excluded from the nonperforming loan population.

(d)	Net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

(e)	Future accretable yield related to purchased impaired loans is not included in the analysis of loan portfolio.

(f)

Past due loan amounts at September 30, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate mortgages totaling $62 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $40 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $558 million for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2014 include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate mortgages totaling $68 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $43 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $719 million for 90 days or more past due.

(g)

Past due loan amounts at September 30, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed Other consumer loans totaling $119 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $80 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $224 million for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2014 include government insured or guaranteed Other consumer loans totaling $152 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $93 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $277 million for 90 days or more past due.

70 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

At September 30, 2015, we pledged $18.9 billion of commercial loans to the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and $54.2 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 were $19.2 billion and $52.8 billion, respectively.

In the normal course of business, we originate or purchase loan products with contractual characteristics that, when concentrated, may increase our exposure as a holder of those loan products. Possible product features that may create a concentration of credit risk would include a high original or updated LTV ratio, terms that may expose the borrower to future increases in repayments above increases in market interest rates, and interest-only loans, among others.

We originate interest-only loans to commercial borrowers. Such credit arrangements are usually designed to match borrower cash flow expectations (e.g., working capital lines, revolvers). These products are standard in the financial services industry and product features are considered during the underwriting process to mitigate the increased risk that the interest-only feature may result in borrowers not being able to make interest and principal payments when due. We do not believe that these product features create a concentration of credit risk.

Table 56: Nonperforming Assets


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Nonperforming loans
Total commercial lending	$	520		$	626
Total consumer lending (a)(b)		1,657			1,884
Total nonperforming loans (c)		2,177			2,510
OREO and foreclosed assets
Other real estate owned (OREO)		293			351
Foreclosed and other assets		20			19
Total OREO and foreclosed assets		313			370
Total nonperforming assets	$	2,490		$	2,880
Nonperforming loans to total loans		1.06	%		1.23	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets		1.21			1.40
Nonperforming assets to total assets		.69			.83

(a)	Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.

(b)

(c)	Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these loans are considered TDRs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the TDR section of Note 3 in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information.

Total nonperforming loans in the nonperforming assets table above include TDRs of $1.2 billion at September 30, 2015 and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2014. TDRs that are performing, including credit card TDR loans, totaled $1.2 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These include TDRs that are not placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Nonperforming TDRs are returned to accrual and classified as performing after demonstrating a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

Additional Asset Quality Indicators

We have two overall portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending. Each of these two segments is comprised of multiple loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in initial measurement, risk attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. The Commercial Lending segment is comprised of the commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, and commercial purchased impaired loan classes. The Consumer Lending segment is comprised of the home equity, residential real estate, credit card, other consumer, and consumer purchased impaired loan classes.

Commercial Lending Asset Classes

Commercial Loan Class

For commercial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower's PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process on an ongoing basis. These ratings are reviewed and updated, generally at least once per year. Additionally, no less frequently than on an annual basis, we review PD rates related to each rating grade based upon internal historical data. These rates are updated as needed and augmented by market data as deemed necessary. For small balance homogenous pools of commercial loans, mortgages and leases, we apply statistical modeling to assist in determining the probability of default within these pools. Further, on a periodic basis, we update our

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 71

LGD estimates associated with each rating grade based upon historical data. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to a commercial loan, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and loss severity in event of default, reflects the relative estimated likelihood of loss for that loan at the reporting date. In general, loans with better PD and LGD tend to have a lower likelihood of loss compared to loans with worse PD and LGD. The loss amount also considers an estimate of exposure at date of default, which we also periodically update based upon historical data.

Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and our risk rating assessment, we follow a formal schedule of written periodic review. Quarterly, we conduct formal reviews of a market's or business unit's entire loan portfolio, focusing on those loans which we perceive to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or loans for which credit quality is weakening. If circumstances warrant, it is our practice to review any customer obligation and its level of credit risk more frequently. We attempt to proactively manage our loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

Commercial Real Estate Loan Class

We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks connected with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk.

As with the commercial class, a formal schedule of periodic review is also performed to assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk. Often as a result of these overviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny are placed on areas of higher risk, including adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. These reviews are designed to assess risk and take actions to mitigate our exposure to such risks.

Equipment Lease Financing Loan Class

We manage credit risk associated with our equipment lease financing loan class similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD.

Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and of the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, this occurs quarterly, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

Commercial Purchased Impaired Loan Class

Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the valuation of commercial purchased impaired loans. Commercial cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include but are not limited to: estimated collateral value, receipt of additional collateral, secondary trading prices, circumstances of possible and/or ongoing liquidation, capital availability, business operations and payment patterns.

We attempt to proactively manage these factors by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan. These procedures include a review by our Special Asset Committee (SAC), ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.

72 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 57: Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators (a)(b)


			Criticized Commercial Loans
In millions	Pass Rated		Special Mention (c)		Substandard (d)		Doubtful (e)		Total Loans
September 30, 2015
Commercial	$	92,334	$	1,971	$	2,962	$	117	$	97,384
Commercial real estate		25,224		203		478		27		25,932
Equipment lease financing		7,375		75		189		5		7,644
Purchased impaired loans				7		164		33		204
Total commercial lending	$	124,933	$	2,256	$	3,793	$	182	$	131,164
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	92,884	$	1,984	$	2,424	$	55	$	97,347
Commercial real estate		22,066		285		639		35		23,025
Equipment lease financing		7,518		73		93		2		7,686
Purchased impaired loans				4		280		26		310
Total commercial lending	$	122,468	$	2,346	$	3,436	$	118	$	128,368

(a)	Based upon PDs and LGDs. We apply a split rating classification to certain loans meeting threshold criteria. By assigning a split classification, a loan's exposure amount may be split into more than one classification category in the above table.

(b)	Loans are included above based on the Regulatory Classification definitions of "Pass", "Special Mention", "Substandard" and "Doubtful".

(c)

Special Mention rated loans have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects at some future date. These loans do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant a more adverse classification at this time.

(d)	Substandard rated loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

(e)	Doubtful rated loans possess all the inherent weaknesses of a Substandard loan with the additional characteristics that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full improbable due to existing facts, conditions, and values.

Consumer Lending Asset Classes

Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loan Classes

We use several credit quality indicators, including delinquency information, nonperforming loan information, updated credit scores, originated and updated LTV ratios, and geography, to monitor and manage credit risk within the home equity and residential real estate loan classes. We evaluate mortgage loan performance by source originators and loan servicers. A summary of asset quality indicators follows:

Delinquency/Delinquency Rates : We monitor trending of delinquency/delinquency rates for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 3 for additional information.

Nonperforming Loans : We monitor trending of nonperforming loans for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 3 for additional information.

Credit Scores : We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans at least quarterly. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit management reports, which are utilized to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions) : At least annually, we update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate an

updated LTV ratio. For open-end credit lines secured by real estate in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. We examine LTV migration and stratify LTV into categories to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

Historically, we used, and we continue to use, a combination of original LTV and updated LTV for internal risk management and reporting purposes ( e.g. , line management, loss mitigation strategies). In addition to the fact that estimated property values by their nature are estimates, given certain data limitations it is important to note that updated LTVs may be based upon management's assumptions ( e.g. , if an updated LTV is not provided by the third-party service provider, home price index (HPI) changes will be incorporated in arriving at management's estimate of updated LTV).

Geography : Geographic concentrations are monitored to evaluate and manage exposures. Loan purchase programs are sensitive to, and focused within, certain regions to manage geographic exposures and associated risks.

A combination of updated FICO scores, originated and updated LTV ratios and geographic location assigned to home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans is used to monitor the risk in the loan classes. Loans with higher FICO scores and lower LTVs tend to have a lower level of risk. Conversely, loans with lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, and in certain geographic locations tend to have a higher level of risk.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 73

Consumer Purchased Impaired Loan Class

Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the valuation of consumer purchased impaired loans. Consumer cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include, but are not limited to: estimated real estate values, payment patterns, updated FICO scores, the current economic environment, updated LTV ratios and the date of origination. These key factors are monitored to help ensure that concentrations of risk are managed and cash flows are maximized.

See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.

Table 58: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Balances


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Home equity and residential real estate loans – excluding purchased impaired loans (a)	$	42,582	$	43,348
Home equity and residential real estate loans – purchased impaired loans (b)		3,853		4,541
Government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages (a)		953		1,188
Difference between outstanding balance and recorded investment in purchased impaired loans (c)		110		7
Total home equity and residential real estate loans (a)	$	47,498	$	49,084

(a)	Represents recorded investment.

(b)	Represents outstanding balance.

(c)	Outstanding balance represents the balance on the loan servicing system for active loans. It is possible for the outstanding balance to be lower than the recorded investment for certain loans due to the use of pool accounting.

Table 59: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators – Excluding Purchased Impaired Loans (a) (b)


	Home Equity				Residential Real Estate
September 30, 2015 – in millions	1st Liens		2nd Liens				Total
Current estimated LTV ratios (c)
Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660	$	300	$	1,050	$	315	$	1,665
Less than or equal to 660 (d) (e)		44		208		72		324
Missing FICO		1		7		5		13

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		703		1,892		607		3,202
Less than or equal to 660 (d) (e)		98		317		113		528
Missing FICO		2		6		6		14

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		780		1,569		660		3,009
Less than or equal to 660		101		228		96		425
Missing FICO		1		3		8		12

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		14,069		7,650		8,770		30,489
Less than or equal to 660		1,276		899		576		2,751
Missing FICO		32		17		101		150
Total home equity and residential real estate loans	$	17,407	$	13,846	$	11,329	$	42,582

74 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


	Home Equity				Residential Real Estate
December 31, 2014 – in millions	1st Liens		2nd Liens				Total
Current estimated LTV ratios (c)
Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660	$	333	$	1,399	$	360	$	2,092
Less than or equal to 660 (d) (e)		57		273		92		422
Missing FICO		1		9		8		18

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		839		2,190		772		3,801
Less than or equal to 660 (d) (e)		118		383		153		654
Missing FICO		1		5		12		18

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		891		1,703		755		3,349
Less than or equal to 660		103		271		118		492
Missing FICO		2		3		5		10

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		13,878		7,874		7,703		29,455
Less than or equal to 660		1,319		995		573		2,887
Missing FICO		27		14		109		150
Total home equity and residential real estate loans	$	17,569	$	15,119	$	10,660	$	43,348

(a)

Excludes purchased impaired loans of approximately $4.0 billion and $4.5 billion in recorded investment, certain government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages of approximately $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion, and loans held for sale at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. See the Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans table below for additional information on purchased impaired loans.

(b)	Amounts shown represent recorded investment.

(c)

Based upon updated LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions). Updated LTV is estimated using modeled property values. These ratios are updated at least semi-annually. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models (AVMs), broker price opinions (BPOs), HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. We generally utilize origination lien balances provided by a third-party, where applicable, which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of these calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon lien balances held by others, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.

(d)	Higher risk loans are defined as loans with both an updated FICO score of less than or equal to 660 and an updated LTV greater than or equal to 100%.

(e)

The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at September 30, 2015: New Jersey 15%, Pennsylvania 13%, Ohio 11%, Illinois 11%, Florida 7%, Maryland 7% and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the higher risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 31% of the higher risk loans. The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at December 31, 2014: New Jersey 14%, Illinois 12%, Pennsylvania 12%, Ohio 12%, Florida 8%, Maryland 6%, Michigan 5%, and North Carolina 4%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the high risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 28% of the higher risk loans.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 75

Table 60: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans (a)


	Home Equity (b) (c)				Residential Real Estate (b) (c)
September 30, 2015 – in millions	1st Liens		2nd Liens				Total
Current estimated LTV ratios (d)
Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660	$	8	$	195	$	182	$	385
Less than or equal to 660		8		92		89		189
Missing FICO				7		6		13

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		12		355		201		568
Less than or equal to 660		10		158		131		299
Missing FICO				9		7		16

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		9		170		137		316
Less than or equal to 660		7		82		81		170
Missing FICO				4		3		7

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		110		337		649		1,096
Less than or equal to 660		94		179		461		734
Missing FICO		1		12		28		41

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		1				10		11
Less than or equal to 660		3				5		8
Total home equity and residential real estate loans	$	263	$	1,600	$	1,990	$	3,853


	Home Equity (b) (c)				Residential Real Estate (b) (c)
December 31, 2014 – in millions	1st Liens		2nd Liens				Total
Current estimated LTV ratios (d)
Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660	$	8	$	243	$	276	$	527
Less than or equal to 660		9		125		144		278
Missing FICO				8		6		14

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		15		426		272		713
Less than or equal to 660		12		194		200		406
Missing FICO				11		5		16

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		12		207		186		405
Less than or equal to 660		9		93		123		225
Missing FICO				5		3		8

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		102		339		626		1,067
Less than or equal to 660		109		200		515		824
Missing FICO		1		12		15		28

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:
Greater than 660		1				14		15
Less than or equal to 660		4				10		14
Missing FICO						1		1
Total home equity and residential real estate loans	$	282	$	1,863	$	2,396	$	4,541

76 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

(a)	Amounts shown represent outstanding balance. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.

(b)	For the estimate of cash flows utilized in our purchased impaired loan accounting, other assumptions and estimates are made, including amortization of first lien balances, pre-payment rates, etc., which are not reflected in this table.

(c)

The following states had the highest percentage of purchased impaired loans at September 30, 2015: California 16%, Florida 14%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 9%, North Carolina 7%, and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 38% of the purchased impaired portfolio. The following states had the highest percentage of purchased impaired loans at December 31, 2014: California 17%, Florida 15%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 8%, North Carolina 7% and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 37% of the purchased impaired portfolio.

(d)

Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes

Table 61: Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators


	Credit Card (a)					Other Consumer (b)
Dollars in millions	Amount		% of Total Loans Using FICO Credit Metric			Amount		% of Total Loans Using FICO Credit Metric
September 30, 2015
FICO score greater than 719	$	2,729		59	%	$	9,396		65	%
650 to 719		1,295		28			3,501		24
620 to 649		197		4			509		4
Less than 620		211		5			580		4
No FICO score available or required (c)		168		4			423		3
Total loans using FICO credit metric		4,600		100	%		14,409		100	%
Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)							7,312
Total loan balance	$	4,600				$	21,721
Weighted-average updated FICO score (d)				733					745
December 31, 2014
FICO score greater than 719	$	2,717		59	%	$	9,156		64	%
650 to 719		1,288		28			3,459		24
620 to 649		203		4			528		4
Less than 620		239		5			619		4
No FICO score available or required (c)		165		4			557		4
Total loans using FICO credit metric		4,612		100	%		14,319		100	%
Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)							8,434
Total loan balance	$	4,612				$	22,753
Weighted-average updated FICO score (d)				732					744

(a)

At September 30, 2015, we had $31 million of credit card loans that are higher risk (i.e., loans with both updated FICO scores less than 660 and in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status). The majority of the September 30, 2015 balance related to higher risk credit card loans was geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 17%, Pennsylvania 16%, Michigan 9%, New Jersey 8%, Florida 7%, Illinois 7%, Indiana 5%, Maryland 5% and North Carolina 4%. All other states had less than 4% individually and make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2014, we had $35 million of credit card loans that are higher risk. The majority of the December 31, 2014 balance related to higher risk credit card loans was geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 17%, Pennsylvania 16%, Michigan 9%, Illinois 7%, New Jersey 7%, Indiana 6%, Florida 6% and North Carolina 4%. All other states had less than 4% individually and make up the remainder of the balance.

(b)

Other consumer loans for which updated FICO scores are used as an asset quality indicator include non-government guaranteed or insured education loans, automobile loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Other consumer loans for which other internal credit metrics are used as an asset quality indicator include primarily government guaranteed or insured education loans, as well as consumer loans to high net worth individuals. Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.

(c)

Credit card loans and other consumer loans with no FICO score available or required generally refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO score (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name, and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan portfolio and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk.

(d)	Weighted-average updated FICO score excludes accounts with no FICO score available or required.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

See Note 3 Asset Quality in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional discussion on TDRs. We held specific reserves in the ALLL of $.3 billion and $.4 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, for the total TDR portfolio.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 77

Table 62: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Total consumer lending	$	1,948	$	2,041
Total commercial lending		420		542
Total TDRs	$	2,368	$	2,583
Nonperforming	$	1,171	$	1,370
Accruing (a)		1,085		1,083
Credit card		112		130
Total TDRs	$	2,368	$	2,583

(a)

Accruing TDR loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

Table 63 quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs as well as the change in the recorded investments as a result of the TDR classification during the first nine months and third quarters of 2015 and 2014, respectively. Additionally, the table provides information about the types of TDR concessions. The Principal Forgiveness TDR category includes principal forgiveness and accrued interest forgiveness. These types of TDRs result in a write down of the recorded investment and a charge-off if such action has not already taken place. The Rate Reduction TDR category includes reduced interest rate and interest deferral. The TDRs within this category result in

reductions to future interest income. The Other TDR category primarily includes consumer borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC, as well as postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and contractual extensions for both consumer and commercial borrowers.

In some cases, there have been multiple concessions granted on one loan. This is most common within the commercial loan portfolio. When there have been multiple concessions granted in the commercial loan portfolio, the principal forgiveness concession was prioritized for purposes of determining the inclusion in Table 63. For example, if there is principal forgiveness in conjunction with lower interest rate and postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as Principal Forgiveness. Second in priority would be rate reduction. For example, if there is an interest rate reduction in conjunction with postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as a Rate Reduction. In the event that multiple concessions are granted on a consumer loan, concessions resulting from discharge from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy without formal affirmation of the loan obligations to PNC would be prioritized and included in the Other type of concession in the table below. After that, consumer loan concessions would follow the previously discussed priority of concessions for the commercial loan portfolio.

Table 63: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (a)


			Pre-TDR Recorded Investment (b)		Post-TDR Recorded Investment (c)
During the three months ended September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	Number of Loans			Principal Forgiveness		Rate Reduction		Other		Total
Commercial lending
Commercial		33	$	63	$	9			$	43	$	52
Commercial real estate		6		17		6				4		10
Total commercial lending		39		80		15				47		62
Consumer lending
Home equity		788		42			$	27		13		40
Residential real estate		329		35				21		13		34
Credit card		1,651		14				14				14
Other consumer		246		4						2		2
Total consumer lending		3,014		95				62		28		90
Total TDRs		3,053	$	175	$	15	$	62	$	75	$	152

During the three months ended September 30, 2014 Dollars in millions
Commercial lending
Commercial		35	$	39	$	2	$	8	$	14	$	24
Commercial real estate		19		63		2		1		54		57
Total commercial lending (d)		54		102		4		9		68		81
Consumer lending
Home equity		942		66				12		52		64
Residential real estate		159		18				8		8		16
Credit card		1,860		15				15				15
Other consumer		307		5						4		4
Total consumer lending		3,268		104				35		64		99
Total TDRs		3,322	$	206	$	4	$	44	$	132	$	180

78 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 63: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (Continued) (a)


			Pre-TDR Recorded Investment (b)		Post-TDR Recorded Investment (c)
During the nine months ended September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	Number of Loans			Principal Forgiveness		Rate Reduction		Other		Total
Commercial lending
Commercial		90	$	154	$	14	$	3	$	112	$	129
Commercial real estate		23		31		6		1		8		15
Equipment lease financing		1		–								–
Total commercial lending		114		185		20		4		120		144
Consumer lending
Home equity		2,318		144				77		60		137
Residential real estate		477		55				32		23		55
Credit card		4,855		40				39				39
Other consumer		750		11				2		6		8
Total consumer lending		8,400		250				150		89		239
Total TDRs		8,514	$	435	$	20	$	154	$	209	$	383

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 Dollars in millions
Commercial lending
Commercial		98	$	128	$	5	$	12	$	92	$	109
Commercial real estate		65		144		21		5		97		123
Total commercial lending (d)		163		272		26		17		189		232
Consumer lending
Home equity		2,334		158				41		108		149
Residential real estate		439		58				21		35		56
Credit card		5,226		43				41				41
Other consumer		794		13						10		10
Total consumer lending		8,793		272				103		153		256
Total TDRs		8,956	$	544	$	26	$	120	$	342	$	488

(a)	Impact of partial charge-offs at TDR date are included in this table.

(b)	Represents the recorded investment of the loans as of the quarter end immediately preceding TDR designation, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.

(c)	Represents the recorded investment of the TDRs as of the quarter end and immediately following the TDR designation, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.

(d)	During the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and nine months ended September 30, 2015, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class.

After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under its most recent restructured terms. In Table 64, we consider a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it becomes 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was restructured. The following table presents the recorded investment of loans that both (i) were classified as TDRs or were subsequently modified during each 12-month period preceding July 1, 2015, January 1, 2015, July 1, 2014 and January 1, 2014, respectively, and (ii) subsequently defaulted during these reporting periods.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 79

Table 64: TDRs that were Modified in the Past Twelve Months which have Subsequently Defaulted


During the three months ended September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial lending
Commercial		7	$	4
Commercial real estate		3		1
Total commercial lending (a)		10		5
Consumer lending
Home equity		170		8
Residential real estate		33		5
Credit card		1,337		11
Other consumer		50		–
Total consumer lending		1,590		24
Total TDRs		1,600	$	29

During the three months ended September 30, 2014 Dollars in millions	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial lending
Commercial		1	$	1
Commercial real estate		13		14
Total commercial lending (a)		14		15
Consumer lending
Home equity		99		4
Residential real estate		52		6
Credit card		1,665		14
Other consumer		31		–
Total consumer lending		1,847		24
Total TDRs		1,861	$	39


During the nine months ended September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial lending
Commercial		20	$	8
Commercial real estate		11		10
Equipment lease financing		1		–
Total commercial lending		32		18
Consumer lending
Home equity		338		17
Residential real estate		104		15
Credit card		2,197		18
Other consumer		125		1
Total consumer lending		2,764		51
Total TDRs		2,796	$	69


During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 Dollars in millions	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Commercial lending
Commercial		34	$	23
Commercial real estate		34		45
Total commercial lending (a)		68		68
Consumer lending
Home equity		315		17
Residential real estate		128		20
Credit card		2,393		19
Other consumer		110		1
Total consumer lending		2,946		57
Total TDRs		3,014	$	125

(a)	During the three months ended September 30, 2015 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class that have subsequently defaulted.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans include commercial nonperforming loans and consumer and commercial TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. TDRs that were previously recorded at amortized cost and are now classified and accounted for as held for sale are also included. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans accounted for as held for sale other than the TDRs described in the preceding sentence, loans accounted for under the fair value option, smaller balance homogeneous type loans and purchased impaired loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information. Nonperforming equipment lease financing loans of $7 million at September 30, 2015 and $2 million at December 31, 2014 are excluded from impaired loans pursuant to authoritative lease accounting guidance. We did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans that have not returned to performing status, while they were impaired during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment and the associated ALLL. Certain commercial and consumer impaired loans do not have a related ALLL as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the recorded investment.

80 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 65: Impaired Loans


In millions	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment (a)		Associated Allowance (b)		Average Recorded Investment (c)
September 30, 2015
Impaired loans with an associated allowance
Commercial	$	379	$	280	$	73	$	299
Commercial real estate		314		161		36		213
Home equity		999		967		188		979
Residential real estate		442		333		49		382
Credit card		112		112		25		121
Other consumer		31		27		1		33
Total impaired loans with an associated allowance	$	2,277	$	1,880	$	372	$	2,027
Impaired loans without an associated allowance
Commercial	$	166	$	99			$	79
Commercial real estate		219		171				171
Home equity		430		149				146
Residential real estate		369		352				334
Other consumer		24		8				8
Total impaired loans without an associated allowance	$	1,208	$	779			$	738
Total impaired loans	$	3,485	$	2,659	$	372	$	2,765
December 31, 2014
Impaired loans with an associated allowance
Commercial	$	432	$	318	$	74	$	360
Commercial real estate		418		262		65		283
Home equity		1,021		984		215		986
Residential real estate		397		420		75		422
Credit card		130		130		32		147
Other consumer		64		47		2		51
Total impaired loans with an associated allowance	$	2,462	$	2,161	$	463	$	2,249
Impaired loans without an associated allowance
Commercial	$	106	$	84			$	133
Commercial real estate		249		187				276
Home equity		403		145				134
Residential real estate		344		315				365
Total impaired loans without an associated allowance	$	1,102	$	731			$	908
Total impaired loans	$	3,564	$	2,892	$	463	$	3,157

(a)	Recorded investment in a loan includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance.

(b)	Associated allowance amounts include $.3 billion and $.4 billion for TDRs at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

(c)	Average recorded investment is for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 81

N OTE 4 P URCHASED L OANS

Purchased Impaired Loans

Purchased impaired loan accounting addresses differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from the initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Several factors were considered when evaluating whether a loan was considered a purchased impaired loan, including the delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower credit status, geographic information, and updated LTV. GAAP allows purchasers to account for loans individually or to aggregate purchased impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Purchased impaired homogeneous consumer, residential real estate and smaller balance commercial loans with common risk characteristics are aggregated into pools where appropriate, whereas commercial loans with a total commitment greater than a defined threshold are accounted for individually. For pooled loans, proceeds of individual loans are not applied individually to each loan within a pool, but to the pool's recorded investment since it is

accounted for as a single asset. Upon final disposition of a loan within a pool ( e.g ., payoff, short-sale, foreclosure, etc .), the loan's carrying value is removed from the pool and any gain or loss associated with the transaction is retained in the pool's recorded investment. For example, upon final disposition of a loan by short-sale, the proceeds of the short-sale may be less (or more) than the loan's recorded investment. This shortfall or loss (excess or gain) is not accounted for as an individual loan sale in our income statement and is instead retained as part of the pool's recorded investment consistent with our accounting for the pool as a single asset. This treatment is designed to maintain a constant effective yield for recognition of interest income. Accordingly, a pool's recorded investment includes the net accumulation of realized losses or gains attributable to these final dispositions. As there are no future expected cash flows related to these dispositions, their net carrying value is $0. The recorded investment, including these realized losses and gains, is evaluated for collectability based upon the net present value of the pool's remaining expected cash flows when establishing our ALLL. See below and Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

The following table provides balances of purchased impaired loans at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

Table 66: Purchased Impaired Loans – Balances


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
In millions	Outstanding Balance (a)		Recorded Investment		Carrying Value		Outstanding Balance (a)		Recorded Investment		Carrying Value
Commercial lending
Commercial	$	112	$	43	$	29	$	159	$	74	$	57
Commercial real estate		184		161		108		307		236		174
Total commercial lending		296		204		137		466		310		231
Consumer lending
Consumer		1,864		1,753		1,468		2,145		1,989		1,661
Residential real estate		1,990		2,210		1,744		2,396		2,559		2,094
Total consumer lending		3,854		3,963		3,212		4,541		4,548		3,755
Total	$	4,150	$	4,167	$	3,349	$	5,007	$	4,858	$	3,986

(a)	Outstanding balance represents the balance on the loan servicing system for active loans. It is possible for the outstanding balance to be lower than the recorded investment for certain loans due to the use of pool accounting.

The excess of undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference and is not recognized in income. Subsequent changes in the expected cash flows of individual or pooled purchased impaired loans will either impact the accretable yield or result in an impairment charge to provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable. Decreases to

the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge recorded as a provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the ALLL, and a reclassification from accretable yield to non-accretable difference.

During the first nine months of 2015, $47 million of provision recapture was recorded for purchased impaired loans compared to $86 million of provision recapture during the first nine months of 2014. Charge-offs (which were specifically for commercial loans greater than a defined threshold) during the first nine months of 2015 were $7 million compared to $28

82 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

million during the first nine months of 2014. At September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the ALLL on total purchased impaired loans was $.8 billion and $.9 billion, respectively. For purchased impaired loan pools where an allowance has been recognized, subsequent increases in the net present value of cash flows will result in a provision recapture of any previously recorded ALLL to the extent applicable, and/or a reclassification from non-accretable difference to accretable yield, which will be recognized prospectively. Individual loan transactions where final dispositions have occurred (as noted above) result in removal of the loans from their applicable pools for cash flow estimation purposes. The cash flow re-estimation process is completed quarterly to evaluate the appropriateness of the ALLL associated with the purchased impaired loans.

Activity for the accretable yield during the first nine months of 2015 and 2014 follows:

Table 67: Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Yield


In millions	2015			2014
January 1	$	1,558		$	2,055
Accretion (including excess cash recoveries)		(359	)		(449	)
Net reclassifications to accretable from non-accretable (a)		218			237
Disposals		(66	)		(24	)
September 30	$	1,351		$	1,819

(a)

Approximately 66% and 68% of the net reclassifications for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were driven by the consumer portfolio and were due to improvements of cash expected to be collected on loans in future periods. The remaining net reclassifications were predominantly due to future cash flow changes in the commercial portfolio.

N OTE 5 A LLOWANCES FOR L OAN AND L EASE L OSSES AND U NFUNDED L OAN C OMMITMENTS AND L ETTERS OF C REDIT

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

We maintain the ALLL at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. We use the two main portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending – and develop and document the ALLL under separate methodologies for each of these segments as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. A rollforward of the ALLL and associated loan data follows.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 83

Table 68: Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data


In millions	Commercial Lending			Consumer Lending			Total
September 30, 2015
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
January 1	$	1,571		$	1,760		$	3,331
Charge-offs		(176	)		(413	)		(589	)
Recoveries		188			135			323
Net (charge-offs) / recoveries		12			(278	)		(266	)
Provision for credit losses		48			133			181
Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		(7	)					(7	)
Other		(2	)					(2	)
September 30	$	1,622		$	1,615		$	3,237
TDRs individually evaluated for impairment	$	39		$	263		$	302
Other loans individually evaluated for impairment		70						70
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,446			601			2,047
Purchased impaired loans		67			751			818
September 30	$	1,622		$	1,615		$	3,237
Loan Portfolio
TDRs individually evaluated for impairment (a)	$	420		$	1,948		$	2,368
Other loans individually evaluated for impairment		291						291
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment (b)		130,249			66,993			197,242
Fair value option loans (c)					915			915
Purchased impaired loans		204			3,963			4,167
September 30	$	131,164		$	73,819		$	204,983
Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL		50	%		50	%		100	%
Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans		1.24	%		2.19	%		1.58	%
September 30, 2014
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
January 1	$	1,547		$	2,062		$	3,609
Charge-offs		(286	)		(500	)		(786	)
Recoveries		230			143			373
Net charge-offs		(56	)		(357	)		(413	)
Provision for credit losses		89			132			221
Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		(9	)					(9	)
Other		(2	)					(2	)
September 30	$	1,569		$	1,837		$	3,406
TDRs individually evaluated for impairment	$	26		$	382		$	408
Other loans individually evaluated for impairment		98						98
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,349			660			2,009
Purchased impaired loans		96			795			891
September 30	$	1,569		$	1,837		$	3,406
Loan Portfolio
TDRs individually evaluated for impairment (a)	$	551		$	2,064		$	2,615
Other loans individually evaluated for impairment		402						402
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment (b)		122,705			68,966			191,671
Fair value option loans (c)					1,017			1,017
Purchased impaired loans		405			4,762			5,167
September 30	$	124,063		$	76,809		$	200,872
Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL		46	%		54	%		100	%
Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans		1.26	%		2.39	%		1.70	%

(a)	TDRs individually evaluated for impairment exclude TDRs that were subsequently accounted for as held for sale loans, but continue to be disclosed as TDRs.

(b)

Includes $157 million of loans collectively evaluated for impairment based upon collateral values and written down to the respective collateral value less costs to sell at September 30, 2015. Accordingly, there is no allowance recorded for these loans. The comparative amount as of September 30, 2014 was $221 million.

(c)	Loans accounted for under the fair value option are not evaluated for impairment as these loans are accounted for at fair value. Accordingly, there is no allowance recorded on these loans.

84 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. A rollforward of the allowance is presented below.

Table 69: Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit


In millions	2015		2014
January 1	$	259	$	242
Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		7		9
September 30	$	266	$	251

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 85

N OTE 6 I NVESTMENT S ECURITIES

Table 70: Investment Securities Summary


	Amortized Cost		Unrealized					Fair Value
In millions		Gains		Losses

September 30, 2015
Securities Available for Sale
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	8,113	$	197	$	(19	)	$	8,291
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		24,141		402		(34	)		24,509
Non-agency		4,151		269		(81	)		4,339
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		1,942		25		(4	)		1,963
Non-agency		4,709		59		(11	)		4,757
Asset-backed		5,195		72		(33	)		5,234
State and municipal		1,999		69		(7	)		2,061
Other debt		1,896		43		(6	)		1,933
Total debt securities		52,146		1,136		(195	)		53,087
Corporate stocks and other		576		1		(1	)		576
Total securities available for sale	$	52,722	$	1,137	$	(196	)	$	53,663
Securities Held to Maturity (a)
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	255	$	47				$	302
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		9,044		155	$	(23	)		9,176
Non-agency		241		11					252
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		1,135		57					1,192
Non-agency		768		19					787
Asset-backed		726		–		(10	)		716
State and municipal		1,973		106					2,079
Other debt		261		1		(1	)		261
Total securities held to maturity	$	14,403	$	396	$	(34	)	$	14,765
December 31, 2014
Securities Available for Sale
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	5,237	$	186	$	(1	)	$	5,422
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		17,646		438		(41	)		18,043
Non-agency		4,723		318		(99	)		4,942
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		2,178		23		(14	)		2,187
Non-agency		4,085		88		(11	)		4,162
Asset-backed		5,141		78		(32	)		5,187
State and municipal		1,953		88		(3	)		2,038
Other debt		1,776		43		(6	)		1,813
Total debt securities		42,739		1,262		(207	)		43,794
Corporate stocks and other		442				(1	)		441
Total securities available for sale	$	43,181	$	1,262	$	(208	)	$	44,235
Securities Held to Maturity (a)
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	248	$	44				$	292
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		5,736		166	$	(10	)		5,892
Non-agency		270		13					283
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		1,200		53					1,253
Non-agency		1,010		19					1,029
Asset-backed		759		2		(8	)		753
State and municipal		2,042		111					2,153
Other debt		323		6					329
Total securities held to maturity	$	11,588	$	414	$	(18	)	$	11,984

(a)

Held to maturity securities transferred from available for sale are included in held to maturity at fair value at the time of transfer. The amortized cost of held to maturity securities included net unrealized gains of $104 million and $125 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to securities transferred, which are offset in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax.

86 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in Shareholders' equity as Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. At September 30, 2015, Accumulated other comprehensive income included pretax gains of $98 million from derivatives that hedged the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity. The gains will be accreted into interest income as an adjustment of yield on the securities.

Table 71 presents gross unrealized losses on securities available for sale at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time that the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) has been recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Table 71: Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale


In millions	Unrealized loss position less than 12 months					Unrealized loss position 12 months or more					Total
	Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value
September 30, 2015
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	(19	)	$	3,402						$	(19	)	$	3,402
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		(17	)		3,516	$	(17	)	$	963		(34	)		4,479
Non-agency		(4	)		290		(77	)		1,412		(81	)		1,702
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		(1	)		230		(3	)		143		(4	)		373
Non-agency		(10	)		1,735		(1	)		337		(11	)		2,072
Asset-backed		(17	)		2,088		(16	)		464		(33	)		2,552
State and municipal		(5	)		363		(2	)		43		(7	)		406
Other debt		(3	)		210		(3	)		134		(6	)		344
Total debt securities		(76	)		11,834		(119	)		3,496		(195	)		15,330
Corporate stocks and other							(1	)		16		(1	)		16
Total	$	(76	)	$	11,834	$	(120	)	$	3,512	$	(196	)	$	15,346
December 31, 2014
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	(1	)	$	1,426						$	(1	)	$	1,426
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency		(4	)		644	$	(37	)	$	1,963		(41	)		2,607
Non-agency		(5	)		276		(94	)		1,487		(99	)		1,763
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		(2	)		681		(12	)		322		(14	)		1,003
Non-agency		(4	)		928		(7	)		335		(11	)		1,263
Asset-backed		(4	)		913		(28	)		1,133		(32	)		2,046
State and municipal			(a)		41		(3	)		77		(3	)		118
Other debt		(2	)		314		(4	)		186		(6	)		500
Total debt securities		(22	)		5,223		(185	)		5,503		(207	)		10,726
Corporate stocks and other							(1	)		15		(1	)		15
Total	$	(22	)	$	5,223	$	(186	)	$	5,518	$	(208	)	$	10,741

(a)	The unrealized loss on these securities was less than $.5 million.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 87

The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $36 million at September 30, 2015, with $18 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $3.2 billion that had been in a continuous loss position less than 12 months and $18 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $ 972 million that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $22 million at December 31, 2014, with $1 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $134 million that had been in a continuous loss position less than 12 months and $21 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $1.6 billion that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. For securities transferred to held to maturity from available for sale, the unrealized loss for purposes of this analysis is determined by comparing the security's original amortized cost to its current estimated fair value.

Evaluating Investment Securities for Other-than-Temporary Impairments

For the securities in the preceding Table 71, as of September 30, 2015 we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

At least quarterly, we conduct a comprehensive security-level assessment on all securities. For those securities in an unrealized loss position we determine if OTTI exists. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. An OTTI loss must be recognized for a debt security in an unrealized loss position if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. In this situation, the amount of loss recognized in income is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security. Even if we do not expect to sell the security, we must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received to determine if we believe a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. The portion of the unrealized loss relating to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or changes in market interest rates, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The security-level assessment is performed on each investment security. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics if applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

Substantially all of the credit impairment we have recognized relates to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans. Potential credit losses on these securities are evaluated on a security-by-security basis. Collateral performance assumptions are developed for each security after reviewing collateral composition and collateral performance statistics. This includes analyzing recent delinquency roll rates, loss severities, voluntary prepayments and various other collateral and performance metrics. This information is then combined with general expectations on the housing market, employment and other macroeconomic factors to develop estimates of future performance.

Security level assumptions for prepayments, loan defaults and loss given default are applied to each non-agency residential mortgage-backed security and asset-backed security collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans using a third-party cash flow model. The third-party cash flow model then generates projected cash flows according to the structure of each security. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determine whether we expect that we will recover the amortized cost basis of our security.

For those securities on our balance sheet where we determined losses represented OTTI, we have recorded cumulative credit losses of $1.1 billion at September 30, 2015. During the first nine months and third quarters of 2015 and 2014, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income and the OTTI noncredit losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, on securities were not significant.

88 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.

Table 72: Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale


In millions	Proceeds		Gross Gains		Gross Losses			Net Gains		Tax Expense
Nine months ended September 30
2015	$	3,445	$	54	$	(13	)	$	41	$	14
2014	$	3,606	$	29	$	(25	)	$	4	$	1

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at September 30, 2015.

Table 73: Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities


September 30, 2015 Dollars in millions	1 Year or Less			After 1 Year through 5 Years			After 5 Years through 10 Years			After 10 Years			Total
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	509		$	1,607		$	5,469		$	528		$	8,113
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency					109			981			23,051			24,141
Non-agency					4						4,147			4,151
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency		86			114			83			1,659			1,942
Non-agency		50			28			8			4,623			4,709
Asset-backed		14			1,257			1,826			2,098			5,195
State and municipal		3			122			328			1,546			1,999
Other debt		142			1,230			358			166			1,896
Total debt securities available for sale	$	804		$	4,471		$	9,053		$	37,818		$	52,146
Fair value	$	810		$	4,550		$	9,185		$	38,542		$	53,087
Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis		2.82	%		2.25	%		2.36	%		2.95	%		2.78	%
Securities Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agencies										$	255		$	255
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency							$	199			8,845			9,044
Non-agency											241			241
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency				$	935			143			57			1,135
Non-agency					6						762			768
Asset-backed					5			591			130			726
State and municipal					56			888			1,029			1,973
Other debt								261						261
Total debt securities held to maturity				$	1,002		$	2,082		$	11,319		$	14,403
Fair value				$	1,045		$	2,147		$	11,573		$	14,765
Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis					3.50	%		3.09	%		3.50	%		3.44	%

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 89

Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security. At September 30, 2015, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than FNMA, that exceeded 10% of Total shareholders' equity.

The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings.

Table 74: Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Pledged to others	$	10,186	$	10,874
Accepted from others:
Permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge		1,167		1,658
Permitted amount repledged to others		1,008		1,488

The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes.

N OTE 7 F AIR V ALUE

Fair Value Measurement

PNC measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with GAAP. Fair value is defined in GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. GAAP focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy see Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

For more information on the valuation methodologies used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K. The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option.

90 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 75: Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Basis Summary


	September 30, 2015								December 31, 2014
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
Assets
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	$	7,674	$	617			$	8,291	$	4,795	$	627			$	5,422
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency				24,509				24,509				18,043				18,043
Non-agency				124	$	4,215		4,339				144	$	4,798		4,942
Commercial mortgage-backed
Agency				1,963				1,963				2,187				2,187
Non-agency				4,757				4,757				4,162				4,162
Asset-backed				4,723		511		5,234				4,624		563		5,187
State and municipal				2,045		16		2,061				1,904		134		2,038
Other debt				1,903		30		1,933				1,783		30		1,813
Total debt securities		7,674		40,641		4,772		53,087		4,795		33,474		5,525		43,794
Corporate stocks and other		513		63				576		426		15				441
Total securities available for sale		8,187		40,704		4,772		53,663		5,221		33,489		5,525		44,235
Financial derivatives (a) (b)
Interest rate contracts		4		5,823		43		5,870		4		4,874		40		4,918
Other contracts				360		2		362				314		2		316
Total financial derivatives		4		6,183		45		6,232		4		5,188		42		5,234
Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)				1,081		5		1,086				1,255		6		1,261
Trading securities (d)
Debt (e)		915		974		3		1,892		1,340		960		32		2,332
Equity		9						9		21						21
Total trading securities		924		974		3		1,901		1,361		960		32		2,353
Trading loans (a)				37				37				30		7		37
Residential mortgage servicing rights						962		962						845		845
Commercial mortgage servicing rights						505		505						506		506
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)						802		802						893		893
Equity investments (a)
Direct investments						1,215		1,215						1,152		1,152
Indirect investments (f)						406		406						469		469
Total equity investments						1,621		1,621						1,621		1,621
Customer resale agreements (g)				139				139				155				155
Loans (h)				565		350		915				637		397		1,034
Other assets (a)
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock (i)						312		312						375		375
Other		238		192		7		437		190		226		8		424
Total other assets		238		192		319		749		190		226		383		799
Total assets	$	9,353	$	49,875	$	9,384	$	68,612	$	6,776	$	41,940	$	10,257	$	58,973
Liabilities
Financial derivatives (b) (j)
Interest rate contracts	$	4	$	3,892	$	9	$	3,905			$	3,260	$	12	$	3,272
BlackRock LTIP						312		312						375		375
Other contracts				251		122		373				241		139		380
Total financial derivatives		4		4,143		443		4,590				3,501		526		4,027
Trading securities sold short (k)
Debt		1,035		7				1,042	$	1,479		11				1,490
Total trading securities sold short		1,035		7				1,042		1,479		11				1,490
Other borrowed funds (k)				74		62		136				92		181		273
Other liabilities (j)				5		10		15						9		9
Total liabilities	$	1,039	$	4,229	$	515	$	5,783	$	1,479	$	3,604	$	716	$	5,799

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 91

(continued from following page)

(a)	Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)

Amounts at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow PNC to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. At September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the net asset amounts were $3.6 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, and the net liability amounts were $1.9 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively.

(c)	Included in Loans held for sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for certain residential and commercial mortgage loans held for sale.

(d)	Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $43 million at September 30, 2015 compared with net unrealized gains of $54 million at December 31, 2014.

(e)	Approximately 33% of these securities are residential mortgage-backed securities and 48% are U.S. Treasury and government agencies securities at September 30, 2015. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 were 34% and 57%, respectively.

(f)

The indirect equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee, which we expect to occur over the next twelve years. The amount of unfunded contractual commitments as of September 30, 2015 related to indirect equity investments was $113 million and related to direct equity investments was $26 million, respectively. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 were $112 million and $28 million, respectively.

(g)	Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for these items.

(h)	Included in Loans on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(i)	PNC has elected the fair value option for these shares.

(j)	Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(k)	Included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 follow:

Table 76: Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Three Months Ended September 30, 2015


			Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a)																							Unrealized gains (losses) on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Sept. 30, 2015 (c)
Level 3 Instruments Only In millions	Fair Value June 30, 2015		Included in Earnings			Included in Other comprehensive income			Purchases		Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Transfers into Level 3 (b)		Transfers out of Level 3 (b)			Fair Value Sept. 30, 2015
Assets
Securities available for sale
Residential mortgage-backed non-agency	$	4,424	$	30		$	(9	)								$	(230	)						$	4,215
Asset-backed		531		5			2										(27	)							511		(1	)
State and municipal		16																							16
Other debt		33					(1	)	$	8	$	(5	)				(5	)							30
Total securities available for sale		5,004		35			(8	)		8		(5	)				(262	)							4,772		(1	)
Financial derivatives		36		39													(30	)							45		48
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		10		1						4		(1	)						$	2	$	(11	)		5
Trading securities – Debt		3																							3
Residential mortgage servicing rights		1,015		(137	)					111					23		(50	)							962		(136	)
Commercial mortgage servicing rights		543		(44	)					15					14		(23	)							505		(44	)
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale		757		19											874		(848	)							802		7
Equity investments
Direct investments		1,191		36						87		(99	)												1,215		39
Indirect investments		425		27						3		(49	)												406		27
Total equity investments		1,616		63						90		(148	)												1,621		66
Loans		365		4						29		(13	)				(24	)		10		(21	)		350		1
Other assets
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock		363		(51	)																				312		(51	)
Other		7																							7
Total other assets		370		(51	)																				319		(51	)
Total assets	$	9,719	$	(71	) (e)	$	(8	)	$	257	$	(167	)	$	911	$	(1,237	)	$	12	$	(32	)	$	9,384	$	(110	) (f)
Liabilities
Financial derivatives (d)	$	498	$	(54	)											$	(1	)						$	443	$	(57	)
Other borrowed funds		165		1										$	23		(127	)							62
Other liabilities		10																							10
Total liabilities	$	673	$	(53	) (e)									$	23	$	(128	)						$	515	$	(57	) (f)

92 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014


			Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a)																							Unrealized gains (losses) on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Sept. 30, 2014 (c)
Level 3 Instruments Only In millions	Fair Value June 30, 2014		Included in Earnings			Included in Other comprehensive income			Purchases		Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Transfers into Level 3 (b)		Transfers out of Level 3 (b)			Fair Value Sept. 30, 2014
Assets
Securities available for sale
Residential mortgage-backed non-agency	$	5,107	$	31		$	(5	)								$	(222	)						$	4,911	$	(1	)
Asset-backed		619		3			9										(39	)							592
State and municipal		345					1																		346
Other debt		31																							31
Total securities available for sale		6,102		34			5										(261	)							5,880		(1	)
Financial derivatives		41		46					$	1							(59	)							29		30
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		4								3									$	5	$	(8	)		4
Trading securities – Debt		33		1																					34
Residential mortgage servicing rights		967		(4	)					28				$	23		(36	)							978		(3	)
Commercial mortgage servicing rights		515		5						16					19		(23	)							532		5
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale		521		6											349		(9	)							867		6
Equity investments
Direct investments		1,219		48						93	$	(125	)												1,235		38
Indirect investments		574		28						7		(56	)												553		27
Total equity investments		1,793		76						100		(181	)												1,788		65
Loans (g)		373		22						29		(4	)				(22	)		7		(22	)		383		20
Other assets
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock		335		10																					345		10
Other		8																							8
Total other assets		343		10																					353		10
Total assets	$	10,692	$	196	(e)	$	5		$	177	$	(185	)	$	391	$	(410	)	$	12	$	(30	)	$	10,848	$	132	(f)
Liabilities
Financial derivatives (d)	$	454	$	75												$	(30	)						$	499	$	51
Other borrowed funds		183		3										$	10		(16	)							180
Total liabilities	$	637	$	78	(e)									$	10	$	(46	)						$	679	$	51	(f)

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 93

(continued from previous page)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015


			Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a)																							Unrealized gains (losses) on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Sept. 30, 2015 (c)
Level 3 Instruments Only In millions	Fair Value Dec. 31, 2014		Included in Earnings			Included in Other comprehensive income			Purchases		Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Transfers into Level 3 (b)		Transfers out of Level 3 (b)			Fair Value Sept. 30, 2015
Assets
Securities available for sale
Residential mortgage- backed non-agency	$	4,798	$	85		$	(31	)								$	(637	)						$	4,215	$	(1	)
Commercial mortgage backed non-agency				8													(8	)
Asset-backed		563		16			11										(79	)							511		(1	)
State and municipal		134					(1	)									(117	)							16
Other debt		30		1			(1	)	$	11	$	(5	)				(6	)							30
Total securities available for sale		5,525		110			(22	)		11		(5	)				(847	)							4,772		(2	)
Financial derivatives		42		126						1							(124	)							45		115
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		6		1						21		(3	)				(1	)	$	4	$	(23	)		5		1
Trading securities – Debt		32															(29	)							3
Trading loans		7										(7	)
Residential mortgage servicing rights		845		(69	)					261					61		(136	)							962		(69	)
Commercial mortgage servicing rights		506		(26	)					43					48		(66	)							505		(26	)
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale		893		63								(56	)		2,965		(3,063	)							802		3
Equity investments
Direct investments		1,152		92						225		(254	)												1,215		79
Indirect investments		469		62						11		(136	)												406		60
Total equity investments		1,621		154						236		(390	)												1,621		139
Loans		397		19						84		(21	)				(96	)		21		(54	)		350		10
Other assets
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock		375		(63	)																				312		(63	)
Other		8															(1	)							7
Total other assets		383		(63	)												(1	)							319		(63	)
Total assets	$	10,257	$	315	(e)	$	(22	)	$	657	$	(482	)	$	3,074	$	(4,363	)	$	25	$	(77	)	$	9,384	$	108	(f)
Liabilities
Financial derivatives (d)	$	526	$	(28	)						$	1				$	(56	)						$	443	$	(69	)
Other borrowed funds		181		4										$	69		(192	)							62
Other liabilities		9		1																					10
Total liabilities	$	716	$	(23	) (e)						$	1		$	69	$	(248	)						$	515	$	(69	) (f)

94 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014


			Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a)																						Unrealized gains (losses) on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Sept. 30, 2014 (c)
Level 3 Instruments Only In millions	Fair Value Dec. 31, 2013		Included in Earnings			Included in Other comprehensive income		Purchases		Sales			Issuances		Settlements			Transfers into Level 3 (b)		Transfers out of Level 3 (b)			Fair Value Sept. 30, 2014
Assets
Securities available for sale
Residential mortgage-backed non-agency	$	5,358	$	105		$	80								$	(632	)						$	4,911	$	(4	)
Asset-backed		641		11			28									(88	)							592
State and municipal		333		(2	)		15																	346
Other debt		38		1				$	1	$	(7	)				(2	)							31
Total securities available for sale		6,370		115			123		1		(7	)				(722	)							5,880		(4	)
Financial derivatives		36		165					2							(174	)							29		105
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		8		1					11		(3	)				(1	)	$	9	$	(21	)		4		1
Trading securities – Debt		32		2																				34		2
Residential mortgage servicing rights		1,087		(120	)				45				$	66		(100	)							978		(115	)
Commercial mortgage servicing rights				(20	)				32					36		484	(g)							532		(20	)
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale		586		13										349		(81	)							867		13
Equity investments
Direct investments		1,069		120					261		(215	)												1,235		101
Indirect investments		595		61					19		(121	)				(1	)							553		59
Total equity investments		1,664		181					280		(336	)				(1	)							1,788		160
Loans (g)		527		41					85		(142	)				(69	)		17		(76	)		383		34
Other assets
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock		332		13																				345		13
Other		8																						8
Total other assets		340		13																				353		13
Total assets	$	10,650	$	391	(e)	$	123	$	456	$	(488	)	$	451	$	(664	)	$	26	$	(97	)	$	10,848	$	189	(f)
Liabilities
Financial derivatives (d)	$	439	$	145						$	1				$	(86	)						$	499	$	9
Other borrowed funds		199											$	29		(48	)							180
Total liabilities	$	638	$	145	(e)					$	1		$	29	$	(134	)						$	679	$	9	(f)

(a)	Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.

(b)	PNC's policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.

(c)	The amount of the total gains or losses for the period included in earnings that is attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.

(d)	Includes swaps entered into in connection with sales of certain Visa Class B common shares.

(e)

Net losses (realized and unrealized) included in earnings relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $18 million for the third quarter of 2015, while for the first nine months of 2015 there were $338 million of net gains (realized and unrealized) included in earnings. The comparative amounts included net gains (realized and unrealized) of $118 million for the third quarter of 2014 and net gains (realized and unrealized) of $246 million for the first nine months of 2014. These amounts also included amortization and accretion of $36 million for the third quarter of 2015 and $113 million for the first nine months of 2015. The comparative amounts were $37 million for the third quarter of 2014 and $122 million for the first nine months of 2014. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement and the remaining net gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized) were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

(f)

Net unrealized losses relating to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period were $53 million for the third quarter of 2015, while for the first nine months of 2015 there were $177 million of net unrealized gains. The comparative amounts included net unrealized gains of $81 million for the third quarter of 2014 and net unrealized gains of $180 million for the first nine months of 2014. These amounts were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

(g)

Settlements relating to commercial MSRs include $552 million, which represents the fair value as of January 1, 2014 as a result of an irrevocable election to measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value. Refer to Note 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information on this election.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 95

An instrument's categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. PNC's policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers into or out of Level 3 assets and liabilities during the first nine months of 2015 and 2014.

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities follows.

Table 77: Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Quantitative Information

September 30, 2015

Level 3 Instruments Only

Dollars in millions

Fair Value

Valuation Techniques

Unobservable Inputs

Range (Weighted Average)

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

4,215

Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model (a)

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss severity

1.0%-24.2% (7.0%)

0.0%-16.7% (5.4%)

10.0%-98.5% (53.2%)

(a)
(a)
(a)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

252bps weighted average

(a)

Asset-backed securities

511

Priced by a third-party vendor

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

1.0%-15.7% (6.5%)

(a)

using a discounted cash flow

Constant default rate (CDR)

1.7%-13.9% (6.8%)

(a)

pricing model (a)

Loss severity

15.0%-100% (76.5%)

(a)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

333bps weighted average

(a)

Residential mortgage servicing rights

962

Discounted cash flow

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

0.3%-34.8% (11.8%)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

555bps-1,851bps (932bps)

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

505

Discounted cash flow

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Discount rate

5.7%-29.1% (7.2%)

1.8%-7.6% (7.4%)

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

802

Discounted cash flow

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

Estimated servicing cash flows

62bps-3,595bps (468bps) 0.0%-3.8% (0.6%)

Equity investments – Direct investments

1,215

Multiple of adjusted earnings

Multiple of earnings

4.2x-15.0x (7.9x)

Equity investments – Indirect (d)

406

Net asset value

Loans – Residential real estate

121

Consensus pricing (c)

Cumulative default rate

2.0%-100% (85.5%)

Loss severity

0.0%-100% (28.9%)

Discount rate

4.9%-7.0% (5.2%)

118

Discounted cash flow

Loss severity

8.0% weighted average

Discount rate

3.5% weighted average

Loans – Home equity

111

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

26.0%-99.0% (53.0%)

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

312

Consensus pricing (c)

Liquidity discount

20.0%

BlackRock LTIP

(312

)

Consensus pricing (c)

Liquidity discount

20.0%

Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares

(117

)

Discounted cash flow

Estimated conversion factor of Class

164.3%

)

B shares into Class A shares

Estimated growth rate of Visa

Class A share price

18.0%

Other borrowed funds – non-agency securitization

(51

)

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

0%-100.0% (10.0%)

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (f)

Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (g)

8,869

96 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

December 31, 2014

Level 3 Instruments Only

Dollars in millions

Fair Value

Valuation Techniques

Unobservable Inputs

Range (Weighted Average)

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

4,798

Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model (a)

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss severity

1.0%-28.9% (6.8%)

0.0%-16.7% (5.6%)

6.1%-100.0% (53.1%)

(a)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

249bps weighted average

(a)

Asset-backed securities

563

Priced by a third-party vendor

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

1.0%-15.7% (5.9%)

(a)

using a discounted cash flow

Constant default rate (CDR)

1.7%-13.9% (7.6%)

(a)

pricing model (a)

Loss severity

14.6%-100.0% (73.5%)

(a)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

352bps weighted average

(a)

State and municipal securities

132

Discounted cash flow

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

55bps-165bps (67bps)

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

0.0%-20.0% (14.9%)

Other debt securities

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

7.0%-95.0% (88.6%)

Trading securities – Debt

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

0.0%-15.0% (8.0%)

Residential mortgage servicing rights

845

Discounted cash flow

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

3.8%-32.7% (11.2%)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

889bps-1,888bps (1,036bps)

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

506

Discounted cash flow

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

7.0%-16.8% (8.0%)

Discount rate

2.5%-8.6% (6.6%)

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

893

Discounted cash flow

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

37bps-4,025bps (549bps)

Estimated servicing cash flows

0.0%-2.0% (1.2%)

Equity investments – Direct investments

1,152

Multiple of adjusted earnings

Multiple of earnings

3.2x-13.9x (7.7x)

Equity investments – Indirect (d)

469

Net asset value

Loans – Residential real estate

114

Consensus pricing (c)

Cumulative default rate

2.0%-100.0% (90.5%)

Loss severity

0.0%-100.0% (35.6%)

Discount rate

5.4%-7.0% (6.4%)

154

Discounted cash flow

Loss severity

8.0% weighted average

Discount rate

3.4% weighted average

Loans – Home equity

129

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

26.0%-99.0% (51.0%)

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

375

Consensus pricing (c)

Liquidity discount

20.0%

BlackRock LTIP

(375

)

Consensus pricing (c)

Liquidity discount

20.0%

Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares

(135

)

Discounted cash flow

Estimated conversion factor of

Class B shares into Class A shares

41.1%

Estimated growth rate of Visa Class A share price

14.8%

Other borrowed funds – non-agency securitization

(166

)

Consensus pricing (c)

Credit and Liquidity discount

0.0%-99.0% (18.0%)

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

113bps

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (f)

Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (g)

9,541

(a)

Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair values as of September 30, 2015 totaling $3,561 million and $478 million, respectively, were priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model that incorporates consensus pricing, where available. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $4,081 million and $532 million, respectively. The significant unobservable inputs for these securities were provided by the third-party vendor and are disclosed in the table. Our procedures to validate the prices provided by the third-party vendor related to these securities are discussed further in the Fair Value Measurement section of Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K. Certain Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair values as of September 30, 2015 of $654 million and $33 million, respectively, were valued using a pricing source, such as a dealer quote or comparable security price, for which the significant unobservable inputs used to determine the price were not reasonably available. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $717 million and $31 million, respectively.

(b)	The assumed yield spread over the benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest-rate risks, such as credit and liquidity risks.

(c)	Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally internally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party provided valuations or comparable asset prices.

(d)	The range on these indirect equity investments has not been disclosed since these investments are recorded at their net asset redemption values.

(e)	This conversion factor reflects the 4-for-1 split of Visa Class A common shares, which occurred during the first quarter of 2015.

(f)

Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes certain financial derivative assets and liabilities, trading securities (for the 2015 period), state and municipal securities (for the 2015 period), other debt securities (for 2015 period), residential mortgage loans held for sale, trading loans, other assets, other borrowed funds (ROAPs) and other liabilities. For additional information, please see the Fair Value Measurement discussion included in Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K.

(g)	Consisted of total Level 3 assets of $9,384 million and total Level 3 liabilities of $515 million as of September 30, 2015 and $10,257 million and $716 million as of December 31, 2014, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 97

Financial Assets Accounted for at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required to measure certain financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of amortized cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment and are included in Table 78 and Table 79. For more information regarding the valuation methodologies of our financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, see Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Table 78: Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring


	Fair Value (a)				Gains (Losses) Three months ended						Gains (Losses) Nine months ended
In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014		September 30 2015			September 30 2014			September 30 2015			September 30 2014
Assets
Nonaccrual loans	$	44	$	54	$	(41	)	$	(3	)	$	(48	)	$	(12	)
Loans held for sale				8
Equity investments		1		17
OREO and foreclosed assets		129		168		(6	)		(7	)		(18	)		(16	)
Long-lived assets held for sale		18		22		(2	)		(2	)		(16	)		(12	)
Total assets	$	192	$	269	$	(49	)	$	(12	)	$	(82	)	$	(40	)

(a)	All Level 3 as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, except for $8 million included in Loans held for sale which was categorized as Level 2 as of December 31, 2014.

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 nonrecurring assets follows.

Table 79: Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring Quantitative Information


Level 3 Instruments Only Dollars in millions	Fair Value		Valuation Techniques	Unobservable Inputs	Range (Weighted Average)
September 30, 2015
Assets
Nonaccrual loans (a)	$	24	LGD percentage (b)	Loss severity	9.0%-75.3% (60.9%)
Equity investments		1	Discounted cash flow	Market rate of return	5.0%
Other (c)		167	Fair value of property or collateral	Appraised value/sales price	Not meaningful

Total assets	$	192
December 31, 2014
Assets
Nonaccrual loans (a)	$	29	LGD percentage (b)	Loss severity	2.9%-68.5% (42.1%)
Equity investments		17	Discounted cash flow	Market rate of return	6.0%
Other (c)		215	Fair value of property or collateral	Appraised value/sales price	Not meaningful

Total assets	$	261

(a)	The fair value of nonaccrual loans included in this line item is determined based on internal loss rates. The fair value of nonaccrual loans where the fair value is determined based on the appraised value or sales price is included within Other, below.

(b)	LGD percentage represents the amount that PNC expects to lose in the event a borrower defaults on an obligation.

(c)

Other included Nonaccrual loans of $20 million, OREO and foreclosed assets of $129 million and Long-lived assets held for sale of $18 million as of September 30, 2015. Comparably, as of December 31, 2014, Other included Nonaccrual loans of $25 million, OREO and foreclosed assets of $168 million and Long-lived assets held for sale of $22 million. The fair value of these assets is determined based on appraised value or sales price, the range of which is not meaningful to disclose.

98 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Financial Instruments Accounted For Under Fair Value Option

We elect the fair value option to account for certain financial instruments. For more information on these financial instruments for which the fair value option election has been made, please refer to Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K.

The changes in fair value included in Noninterest income for items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Table 80: Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value (a)


	Gains (Losses) Three months ended						Gains (Losses) Nine months ended
In millions	September 30 2015			September 30 2014			September 30 2015			September 30 2014
Assets
Customer resale agreements	$	(1	)	$	(2	)	$	(1	)	$	(3	)
Trading loans								2			1
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale		25			6			81			13
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		56			26			127			155
Residential mortgage loans – portfolio		8			26			37			113
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock		(51	)		10			(63	)		13
Liabilities
Other borrowed funds		(2	)		(3	)		(4	)

(a)	The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 99

Table 81: Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances


In millions	Fair Value		Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance		Difference
September 30, 2015
Assets
Customer resale agreements	$	139	$	134	$	5
Trading loans		37		37
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
Performing loans		1,074		1,025		49
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due		3		3
Nonaccrual loans		9		10		(1	)
Total		1,086		1,038		48
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)
Performing loans		800		813		(13	)
Nonaccrual loans		2		3		(1	)
Total		802		816		(14	)
Residential mortgage loans – portfolio
Performing loans		221		278		(57	)
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due		462		465		(3	)
Nonaccrual loans		232		378		(146	)
Total		915		1,121		(206	)
Liabilities
Other borrowed funds	$	136	$	135	$	1
December 31, 2014
Assets
Customer resale agreements	$	155	$	148	$	7
Trading loans		37		37
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
Performing loans		1,236		1,176		60
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due		9		9
Nonaccrual loans		16		17		(1	)
Total		1,261		1,202		59
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)
Performing loans		873		908		(35	)
Nonaccrual loans		20		64		(44	)
Total		893		972		(79	)
Residential mortgage loans – portfolio
Performing loans		194		256		(62	)
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due		570		573		(3	)
Nonaccrual loans		270		449		(179	)
Total		1,034		1,278		(244	)
Liabilities
Other borrowed funds	$	273	$	312	$	(39	)

(a)	There were no accruing loans 90 days or more past due within this category at September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

100 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, of all other financial instruments that are not measured on the consolidated financial statements at fair value as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 82: Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments


	Carrying Amount		Fair Value
In millions		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
September 30, 2015
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	3,835	$	3,835	$	3,835
Short-term assets		36,644		36,644			$	36,644
Securities held to maturity		14,403		14,765		302		14,456	$	7
Loans held for sale		172		181				117		64
Net loans (excludes leases)		193,170		195,774						195,774
Other assets		1,900		2,473				1,857		616	(a)
Total assets	$	250,124	$	253,672	$	4,137	$	53,074	$	196,461

Liabilities
Demand, savings and money market deposits	$	224,097	$	224,097			$	224,097
Time deposits		20,882		20,934				20,934
Borrowed funds		55,790		56,066				54,674	$	1,392
Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		249		249						249
Total liabilities	$	301,018	$	301,346			$	299,705	$	1,641
December 31, 2014
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	4,360	$	4,360	$	4,360
Short-term assets		34,380		34,380			$	34,380
Securities held to maturity		11,588		11,984		292		11,683	$	9
Loans held for sale		108		108				56		52
Net loans (excludes leases)		192,573		194,564						194,564
Other assets		1,879		2,544				1,802		742	(a)
Total assets	$	244,888	$	247,940	$	4,652	$	47,921	$	195,367

Liabilities
Demand, savings and money market deposits	$	210,838	$	210,838			$	210,838
Time deposits		21,396		21,392				21,392
Borrowed funds		55,329		56,011				54,574	$	1,437
Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		240		240						240
Total liabilities	$	287,803	$	288,481			$	286,804	$	1,677

(a)

Represents estimated fair value of Visa Class B common shares, which was estimated solely based upon the September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 closing price for the Visa Class A common shares, respectively, and the Visa Class B common share conversion rate, which reflects adjustments in respect of all litigation funding by Visa as of that date. The transfer restrictions on the Visa Class B common shares could impact the aforementioned estimate, until they can be converted to Class A common shares. See Note 22 Commitments and Guarantees in our 2014 Form 10-K for additional information.

The aggregate fair values in the preceding table represent only a portion of the total market value of PNC's assets and liabilities as, in accordance with the guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, Table 82 excludes the following:

•

financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis,

•

real and personal property,

•

lease financing,

•

loan customer relationships,

•

deposit customer intangibles,

•

mortgage servicing rights,

•

retail branch networks,

•

fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and

•

trademarks and brand names.

For more information regarding the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial instruments included in Table 82, see Note 7 Fair Value in our 2014 Form 10-K.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 101

N OTE 8 G OODWILL AND I NTANGIBLE A SSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill by business segment consisted of the following:

Table 83: Goodwill by Business Segment (a)


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Retail Banking	$	5,795	$	5,795
Corporate & Institutional Banking		3,244		3,244
Asset Management Group		64		64
Total	$	9,103	$	9,103

(a)	The Residential Mortgage Banking and Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio business segments did not have any goodwill allocated to them as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

We recognize the right to service mortgage loans for others as an intangible asset. MSRs are purchased or originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. MSRs totaled $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and consisted of loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential mortgages measured at fair value.

MSRs are subject to declines in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of MSRs declines (or increases).

See the Sensitivity Analysis section of this Note 8, as well as Note 7 Fair Value for more detail on our fair value measurement of MSRs. Refer to Note 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets in our 2014 Form 10-K for more information on our accounting and measurement of MSRs.

Changes in the commercial and residential MSRs follow:

Table 84: Mortgage Servicing Rights


	Commercial MSRs						Residential MSRs
In millions	2015			2014			2015			2014
January 1	$	506		$	552		$	845		$	1,087
Additions:
From loans sold with servicing retained		48			36			61			66
Purchases		43			32			261			45
Changes in fair value due to:
Time and payoffs (a)		(66	)		(68	)		(136	)		(100	)
Other (b)		(26	)		(20	)		(69	)		(120	)
September 30	$	505		$	532		$	962		$	978
Related unpaid principal balance at September 30	$	143,915		$	143,449		$	121,680		$	110,749
Servicing advances at September 30	$	277		$	318		$	431		$	486

(a)	Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.

(b)	Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

Sensitivity Analysis

The fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation models as of September 30, 2015 are shown in the tables below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses both internal proprietary models and a third-party model to estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments and a third-party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments. These models have been refined based on current market conditions and management judgment. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest

rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may

102 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:

Table 85: Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Fair value	$	505		$	506
Weighted-average life (years)		4.8			4.7
Weighted-average constant prepayment rate		7.22	%		8.03	%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change	$	10		$	10
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	$	20		$	19
Effective discount rate		7.36	%		6.59	%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change	$	14		$	13
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	$	28		$	26

Table 86: Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions


Dollars in millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Fair value	$	962		$	845
Weighted-average life (years)		5.9			6.1
Weighted-average constant prepayment rate		11.82	%		11.16	%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change	$	45		$	36
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	$	86		$	69
Weighted-average option adjusted spread		9.32	%		10.36	%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change	$	33		$	31
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	$	64		$	61

Fees from mortgage loan servicing, comprised of contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees, follows:

Table 87: Fees from Mortgage Loan Servicing


In millions	2015		2014
Nine months ended September 30	$	381	$	381
Three months ended September 30	$	133	$	125

We also generate servicing fees from fee-based activities provided to others for which we do not have an associated servicing asset.

Fees from commercial and residential MSRs are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services and Residential mortgage, respectively.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposit intangibles, customer lists and non-compete agreements. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis, whereas the remaining other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis. The estimated remaining useful lives of our other intangible assets range from 1 year to 9 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of 6 years.

Other intangible assets were as follows at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

Table 88: Other Intangible Assets


In millions	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Gross carrying amount	$	1,499		$	1,502
Accumulated amortization		(1,092	)		(1,009	)
Net carrying amount	$	407		$	493

Amortization expense on existing other intangible assets for the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, as well as future amortization expense for the remainder of 2015 and the next five fiscal years, follows:

Table 89: Amortization Expense on Existing Other Intangible Assets


In millions
Nine months ended September 30, 2015	$	86
Nine months ended September 30, 2014		96
Remainder of 2015		28
2016		97
2017		83
2018		72
2019		61
2020		37

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 103

N OTE 9 C APITAL S ECURITIES OF A S UBSIDIARY T RUST AND P ERPETUAL T RUST S ECURITIES

Capital Securities of a Subsidiary Trust

Our capital securities of a subsidiary trust ("Trust") are described in Note 12 Capital Securities of a Subsidiary Trust and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2014 Form 10-K. This Trust is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of PNC. In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the capital securities are redeemable in whole. In accordance with GAAP, the financial statements of the Trust are not included in PNC's consolidated financial statements.

The obligations of the parent of the Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Trust under the terms of the Capital Securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC's overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, including an explanation of dividend and intercompany loan limitations, see Note 20 Regulatory Matters in our 2014 Form 10-K.

PNC is also subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II, as described in Note 12 in our 2014 Form 10-K in the Perpetual Trust Securities section, and to other provisions similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under that agreement.

Perpetual Trust Securities

Our perpetual trust securities are described in Note 12 in our 2014 Form 10-K. Our 2014 Form 10-K also includes additional information regarding the PNC Preferred Funding Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital and dividend restriction covenants.

N OTE 10 C ERTAIN E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT AND S TOCK B ASED C OMPENSATION P LANS

Pension And Postretirement Plans

As described in Note 13 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2014 Form 10-K, we have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants.

We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. The nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded. PNC reserves the right to terminate plans or make plan changes at any time.

104 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

The components of our net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost for the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, respectively, were as follows:

Table 90: Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefits Costs


Three months ended September 30 In millions		Qualified Pension Plan								Nonqualified Retirement Plans						Postretirement Benefits
	2015				2014				2015			2014			2015				2014
Net periodic cost consists of:
Service cost		$	27			$	26			$	1					$	1			$	2
Interest cost			44				46				3		$	3			4				4
Expected return on plan assets			(75	)			(72	)
Amortization of prior service credit			(2	)			(2	)									(1	)			(1	)
Amortization of actuarial losses			8								2			1
Net periodic cost/(benefit)		$	2			$	(2	)		$	6		$	4		$	4			$	5


Nine months ended September 30 In millions		Qualified Pension Plan								Nonqualified Retirement Plans						Postretirement Benefits
	2015				2014				2015			2014			2015				2014
Net periodic cost consists of:
Service cost		$	80			$	77			$	2		$	2		$	4			$	4
Interest cost			133				140				9			9			11				12
Expected return on plan assets			(223	)			(216	)
Amortization of prior service credit			(6	)			(6	)									(1	)			(1	)
Amortization of actuarial losses			23								5			3
Net periodic cost/(benefit)		$	7			$	(5	)		$	16		$	14		$	14			$	15

Stock Based Compensation Plans

As more fully described in Note 14 Stock Based Compensation Plans in our 2014 Form 10-K, we have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted stock, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of September 30, 2015, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.

Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements during the first nine months of 2015 and 2014 was $118 million and $133 million, respectively. At September 30, 2015, there was $215 million of unamortized share-based compensation expense related to nonvested equity compensation arrangements, including liability awards granted under the Incentive Plans. This unamortized cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

Nonqualified Stock Options

Beginning in 2014, PNC discontinued the use of stock options as a standard element of our long-term equity incentive compensation programs under our Incentive Plans. Additional information regarding PNC stock options is more fully described in Note 14 Stock Based Compensation Plans in our 2014 Form 10-K.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 105

The following table represents the stock option activity for the first nine months of 2015.

Table 91: Stock Option Rollforward


	PNC					PNC Options Converted From National City Options					Total
In thousands, except weighted-average data	Shares			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Shares			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Shares			Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		6,701		$	56.41		343		$	585.23		7,044		$	82.17
Granted (a)
Exercised		(1,649	)		59.09							(1,649	)		59.09
Cancelled		(29	)		44.61		(34	)		731.38		(63	)		412.47
Outstanding at September 30, 2015		5,023		$	55.60		309		$	569.21		5,332		$	85.39
Exercisable at September 30, 2015		4,975		$	55.52		309		$	569.21		5,284		$	85.59

(a)	PNC did not grant any stock options in the first nine months of 2015.

During the first nine months of 2015, we issued approximately 1.2 million common shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize primarily treasury stock for any future stock option exercises.

Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Share Unit Awards

Information on incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/share unit awards is more fully described in Note 14 Stock Based Compensation Plans in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Table 92: Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Share Unit Awards – Rollforward


Shares in thousands	Nonvested Incentive/ Performance Unit Shares			Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value		Nonvested Restricted Stock/ Share Units			Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
December 31, 2014		1,837		$	69.84		3,652		$	69.03
Granted		649			90.35		1,048			92.35
Vested/Released		(682	)		66.17		(1,199	)		61.14
Forfeited		(37	)		73.56		(130	)		78.13
September 30, 2015		1,767		$	78.71		3,371		$	78.82

In the preceding table, the unit shares and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the incentive/performance awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash if and when the underlying unit shares are released to the participants.

Liability Awards

A summary of all nonvested, cash-payable incentive/performance units and restricted share unit activity follows:

Table 93: Nonvested Cash-Payable Incentive/Performance Units and Restricted Share Units – Rollforward


In thousands	Cash-Payable Incentive/ Performance Units			Cash-Payable Restricted Share Units			Total
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		177			658			835
Granted		81			364			445
Vested and Released		(98	)		(349	)		(447	)
Forfeited		(43	)		(6	)		(49	)
Outstanding at September 30, 2015		117			667			784

Included in the preceding table are cash-payable restricted share units granted to certain executives. These grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral plan. While there are time-based and other vesting criteria, there are generally no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Prior to the 2015 grant, compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of the annual cash bonus process. Due to certain requisite service period changes in the award agreements starting with the 2015 grant (for the 2014 performance year), compensation expense is recognized ratably over a four year period commensurate with the performance year plus the three years of service-based vesting requirements. As of September 30, 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value of all outstanding nonvested cash-payable incentive/performance units and restricted share units was approximately $70 million.

106 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

N OTE 11 F INANCIAL D ERIVATIVES

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives) primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract.

For more information regarding derivatives see Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 15 Financial Derivatives in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

The following table presents the notional amounts and gross fair values of all derivative assets and liabilities held by PNC:

Table 94: Total Gross Derivatives


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
In millions	Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)		Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP	$	52,710	$	1,604	$	217	$	49,061	$	1,261	$	186
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP		313,983		4,628		4,373		291,256		3,973		3,841
Total gross derivatives	$	366,693	$	6,232	$	4,590	$	340,317	$	5,234	$	4,027

(a)	Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)	Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and any related cash collateral exchanged with counterparties. Further discussion regarding the rights of setoff associated with these legally enforceable master netting agreements is included in the Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features section below. Any nonperformance risk, including credit risk, is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value of the derivatives.

Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP

Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges, and derivatives hedging a net investment in a foreign subsidiary are considered net investment hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 107

Further detail regarding the notional amounts and fair values related to derivatives designated in hedge relationships is presented in the following table:

Table 95: Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
In millions	Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)		Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)
Interest rate contracts:
Fair value hedges:
Receive-fixed swaps	$	24,651	$	975			$	20,930	$	827	$	38
Pay-fixed swaps (c)		5,145			$	217		4,233		3		138
Subtotal	$	29,796	$	975	$	217	$	25,163	$	830	$	176
Cash flow hedges:
Receive-fixed swaps	$	20,423	$	579			$	19,991	$	400	$	10
Forward purchase commitments		1,366		12				2,778		25
Subtotal	$	21,789	$	591			$	22,769	$	425	$	10
Foreign exchange contracts:
Net investment hedges	$	1,125		38			$	1,129	$	6
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments	$	52,710	$	1,604	$	217	$	49,061	$	1,261	$	186

(a)	Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)	Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(c)	Includes zero-coupon swaps.

Fair Value Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt and borrowings caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Further detail regarding gains (losses) on fair value hedge derivatives and related hedged items is presented in the following table:

Table 96: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Hedged Items – Fair Value Hedges


				Three months ended												Nine months ended
				September 30, 2015						September 30, 2014						September 30, 2015						September 30, 2014
In millions	Hedged Items		Location	Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Related Hedged Items Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Related Hedged Items Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Related Hedged Items Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) on Related Hedged Items Recognized in Income
		Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Interest rate contracts	U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies Securities		Investment securities (interest income)	$	(91	)	$	93		$	31		$	(31	)	$	(79	)	$	81		$	(52	)	$	55
Interest rate contracts	Other Debt Securities		Investment securities (interest income)		(1	)		1			2			(2	)		(1	)		1			1			(1	)
Interest rate contracts	Subordinated debt		Borrowed funds (interest expense)		92			(104	)		(69	)		66			8			(37	)		5			(23	)
Interest rate contracts	Bank notes and senior debt		Borrowed funds (interest expense)		213			(219	)		(78	)		77			190			(199	)		(19	)		15
Total (a)				$	213		$	(229	)	$	(114	)	$	110		$	118		$	(154	)	$	(65	)	$	46

(a)

The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value hedge derivatives resulted in net losses of $16 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and net losses of $36 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared with net losses of $4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and net losses of $19 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

108 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest received on the loans. In the 12 months that follow September 30, 2015, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net derivative gains of $243 million pretax, or $158 million after-tax, in association with interest received on the hedged loans. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to September 30, 2015. The maximum length of time over which forecasted loan cash flows are hedged is 10 years. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.

We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. In the 12 months that follow September 30, 2015, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net derivative gains of $33 million pretax, or $22 million after-tax, as adjustments of yield on investment securities. As of September 30, 2015, the maximum length of time over which forecasted purchase contracts are hedged is three months.

There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy.

During the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

Further detail regarding gains (losses) on derivatives and related cash flows is presented in the following table:

Table 97: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Cash Flows – Cash Flow Hedges (a) (b)


	Three months ended September 30					Nine months ended September 30
In millions	2015		2014			2015			2014
Gains (losses) on derivatives recognized in OCI – (effective portion)	$	326	$	(17	)	$	522		$	193
Less: Gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income – (effective portion)
Interest income		80		64			220			200
Noninterest income		12					(1	)		(2	)
Total gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income – (effective portion)		92		64			219			198
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives	$	234	$	(81	)	$	303		$	(5	)

(a)	All cash flow hedge derivatives are interest rate contracts as of September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014.

(b)	The amount of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized in income was not material for the periods presented.

Net Investment Hedges

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge non-U.S. Dollar (USD) net investments in foreign subsidiaries against adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess whether the hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the value of the hedge and hedged item by qualitatively verifying that the critical terms of the hedge and hedged item match at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness.

For the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, there was no net investment hedge ineffectiveness.

Further detail on gains (losses) on net investment hedge derivatives is presented in the following table:

Table 98: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives – Net Investment Hedges


	Three months ended September 30				Nine months ended September 30
In millions	2015		2014		2015		2014
Gains (losses) on derivatives recognized in OCI (effective portion)
Foreign exchange contracts	$	43	$	51	$	32	$	18

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 109

Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP

We also enter into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP.

For additional information on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP see Note 15 Financial Derivatives in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Further detail regarding the notional amounts and fair values related to derivatives not designated in hedge relationships is presented in the following table:

Table 99: Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
In millions	Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)		Notional/ Contract Amount		Asset Fair Value (a)		Liability Fair Value (b)
Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:
Residential mortgage servicing
Interest rate contracts:
Swaps	$	35,752	$	972	$	599	$	32,459	$	777	$	394
Swaptions		928		31		14		1,498		29		22
Futures (c)		25,204						22,084
Futures options		17,000		4		4		12,225		4
Mortgage-backed securities commitments		3,990		20		2		710		4
Subtotal		82,874		1,027		619		68,976		814		416
Loan sales
Interest rate contracts:
Futures (c)		30						58
Bond options		300		1				300
Mortgage-backed securities commitments		6,027		9		26		4,916		10		21
Residential mortgage loan commitments		1,789		28				1,852		22
Subtotal		8,146		38		26		7,126		32		21
Subtotal	$	91,020	$	1,065	$	645	$	76,102	$	846	$	437
Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:
Interest rate contracts:
Swaps	$	3,822	$	103	$	67	$	3,801	$	67	$	48
Swaptions		439						439		2		1
Futures (c)		21,391						19,913
Commercial mortgage loan commitments		1,607		14		7		2,042		16		10
Subtotal		27,259		117		74		26,195		85		59
Credit contracts:
Credit default swaps		79						95
Subtotal	$	27,338	$	117	$	74	$	26,290	$	85	$	59
Derivatives used for customer-related activities:
Interest rate contracts:
Swaps	$	152,068	$	2,985	$	2,938	$	146,008	$	2,632	$	2,559
Caps/floors – Sold		5,292				13		4,846				16
Caps/floors – Purchased		6,585		29				6,339		34
Swaptions		5,161		103		10		3,361		62		12
Futures (c)		1,367						3,112
Mortgage-backed securities commitments		3,299		6		8		2,137		3		3
Subtotal		173,772		3,123		2,969		165,803		2,731		2,590
Foreign exchange contracts		11,183		244		246		12,547		223		240
Credit contracts:
Risk participation agreements		5,135		2		5		5,124		2		4
Subtotal	$	190,090	$	3,369	$	3,220	$	183,474	$	2,956	$	2,834
Derivatives used for other risk management activities:
Interest rate contracts							$	833	$	1
Foreign exchange contracts	$	3,357	$	77	$	5		2,661		85	$	1
Credit contracts:
Credit default swaps		15						15
Other contracts (d)		2,163				429		1,881				510
Subtotal		5,535		77		434		5,390		86		511
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	$	313,983	$	4,628	$	4,373	$	291,256	$	3,973	$	3,841

(a)	Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)	Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(c)	Futures contracts settle in cash daily and, therefore, no derivative asset or derivative liability is recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(d)	Includes PNC's obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.

110 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Further detail regarding the gains (losses) on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the following table:

Table 100: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP


	Three months ended September 30						Nine months ended September 30
In millions	2015			2014			2015		2014
Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:
Residential mortgage servicing
Interest rate contracts	$	144		$	15		$	159	$	125
Loan sales
Interest rate contracts		(6	)		17			62		5
Gains (losses) included in residential mortgage banking activities (a)	$	138		$	32		$	221	$	130
Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:
Interest rate contracts (b) (c)	$	42		$	4		$	47	$	47
Credit contracts (c)										(1	)
Gains (losses) from commercial mortgage banking activities	$	42		$	4		$	47	$	46
Derivatives used for customer-related activities:
Interest rate contracts	$	10		$	15		$	44	$	25
Foreign exchange contracts		23			(5	)		56		43
Gains (losses) from customer-related activities (c)	$	33		$	10		$	100	$	68
Derivatives used for other risk management activities:
Interest rate contracts	$			$	1		$	1	$	(14	)
Foreign exchange contracts		94			80			208		73
Other contracts (d)		47			(52	)		54		(79	)
Gains (losses) from other risk management activities (c)	$	141		$	29		$	263	$	(20	)
Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	$	354		$	75		$	631	$	224

(a)	Included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.

(b)	Included in Corporate services noninterest income.

(c)	Included in Other noninterest income.

(d)	Includes BlackRock LTIP funding obligation and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.

Credit Derivatives

We have historically entered into credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps and risk participation agreements, as part of our commercial mortgage banking hedging activities and for customer and other risk management purposes.

Credit Default Swaps

We no longer actively enter into these types of credit derivatives. For more information regarding credit default swaps, see Note 15 Financial Derivatives in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

Risk Participation Agreements

We have entered into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. The notional amount of risk participation agreements sold was $2.8 billion at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information regarding risk participation agreements, see Note 15 Financial Derivatives in our Notes To Consolidated

Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K. Assuming all underlying third party customers referenced in the swap contracts defaulted at September 30, 2015, the exposure from these agreements would be $148 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps, compared with $124 million at December 31, 2014.

Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features

We, generally, utilize a net presentation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for those derivative financial instruments entered into with counterparties under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The master netting agreements reduce credit risk by permitting the closeout netting of various types of derivative instruments with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of an event of default.

For additional information on derivative offsetting, counterparty credit risk, and contingent features see Note 15 Financial Derivatives in our 2014 Form 10-K. Refer to Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees in this Report for additional information related to resale and repurchase agreements offsetting.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 111

The following derivative Table 101 shows the impact legally enforceable master netting agreements had on our derivative assets and derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The table also includes the fair value of any securities collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash and securities collateral amounts are included in the table only to the extent of the related net derivative fair values.

Table 101: Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting


	Gross Fair Value Derivative Assets		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet				Net Fair Value Derivative Assets			Securities Collateral Held Under Master Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
September 30, 2015 In millions		Fair Value Offset Amount		Cash Collateral

Derivative assets
Interest rate contracts	$	5,871	$	1,956	$	432	$	3,483		$	240	$	3,243
Foreign exchange contracts		359		201		22		136			5		131
Credit contracts		2		1		1
Total derivative assets (a)	$	6,232	$	2,158	$	455	$	3,619	(b)	$	245	$	3,374


	Gross Fair Value Derivative Liabilities		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet				Net Fair Value Derivative Liabilities			Securities Collateral Pledged Under Master Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
September 30, 2015 In millions		Fair Value Offset Amount		Cash Collateral

Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts	$	3,905	$	2,028	$	539	$	1,338				$	1,338
Foreign exchange contracts		251		126		22		103					103
Credit contracts		5		4		1
Other contracts		429						429					429
Total derivative liabilities (a)	$	4,590	$	2,158	$	562	$	1,870	(c)			$	1,870


	Gross Fair Value Derivative Assets		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet				Net Fair Value Derivative Assets			Securities Collateral Held Under Master Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
December 31, 2014 In millions		Fair Value Offset Amount		Cash Collateral

Derivative assets
Interest rate contracts	$	4,918	$	1,981	$	458	$	2,479		$	143	$	2,336
Foreign exchange contracts		314		159		47		108			1		107
Credit contracts		2		1		1
Total derivative assets (a)	$	5,234	$	2,141	$	506	$	2,587	(b)	$	144	$	2,443


	Gross Fair Value Derivative Liabilities		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet				Net Fair Value Derivative Liabilities			Securities Collateral Pledged Under Master Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
December 31, 2014 In millions		Fair Value Offset Amount		Cash Collateral

Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts	$	3,272	$	2,057	$	483	$	732				$	732
Foreign exchange contracts		241		80		20		141					141
Credit contracts		4		4
Other contracts		510						510					510
Total derivative liabilities (a)	$	4,027	$	2,141	$	503	$	1,383	(c)			$	1,383

(a)

Included derivative assets and derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2015 totaling $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, related to interest rate contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties in the U.S. over-the-counter market and novated to and cleared through a central clearing house. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2014 totaled $807 million and $657 million, respectively. Derivative assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 related to exchange-traded interest rate contracts were not material. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, these contracts were not subject to offsetting. The remaining gross and net derivative assets and liabilities relate to contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties that are not settled through an organized exchange or central clearing house.

(b)	Represents the net amount of derivative assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(c)	Represents the net amount of derivative liabilities included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In addition to using master netting and related collateral agreements to reduce credit risk associated with derivative instruments, we also seek to manage credit risk by evaluating credit ratings of counterparties, by taking collateral and by using internal credit analysis, limits, and monitoring procedures. Collateral may also be exchanged under certain derivative agreements that are not considered master netting agreements.

112 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

At September 30, 2015, we held cash, U.S. government securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $1.1 billion under master netting and other collateral agreements to collateralize net derivative assets due from counterparties, and we have pledged cash totaling $.9 billion under these agreements to collateralize net derivative liabilities owed to counterparties. These totals may differ from the amounts presented in the preceding offsetting table because they may include collateral exchanged under an agreement that does not qualify as a master netting agreement or because the total amount of collateral held or pledged exceeds the net derivative fair value with the counterparty as of the balance sheet date due to timing or other factors. To the extent not netted against the derivative fair value under a master netting agreement, the receivable for cash pledged is included in Other assets and the obligation for cash held is included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities held from counterparties are not recognized on our balance sheet. Likewise securities we have pledged to counterparties remain on our balance sheet.

Certain of the master netting agreements and certain other derivative agreements also contain provisions that require PNC's debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC's debt ratings were to fall below investment grade, we would be in violation of these provisions and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on September 30, 2015 was $.9 billion for which PNC had posted collateral of $.7 billion in the normal course of business. The maximum additional amount of collateral PNC would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on September 30, 2015 would be $.2 billion.

N OTE 12 E ARNINGS P ER S HARE

Table 102: Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share


	Three months ended September 30				Nine months ended September 30
In millions, except per share data	2015		2014		2015		2014
Basic
Net income	$	1,073	$	1,038	$	3,121	$	3,150
Less:
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests		18		1		23		2
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion and redemptions		64		71		182		189
Net income attributable to common shares		991		966		2,916		2,959
Less:
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares				3		2		9
Net income attributable to basic common shares	$	991	$	963	$	2,914	$	2,950
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		512		529		516		531
Basic earnings per common share (a)	$	1.93	$	1.82	$	5.64	$	5.55
Diluted
Net income attributable to basic common shares	$	991	$	963	$	2,914	$	2,950
Less: Impact of BlackRock earnings per share dilution		4		4		14		13
Net income attributable to diluted common shares	$	987	$	959	$	2,900	$	2,937
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		512		529		516		531
Dilutive potential common shares (b) (c)		8		8		9		8
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding		520		537		525		539
Diluted earnings per common share (a)	$	1.90	$	1.79	$	5.52	$	5.45

(a)	Basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method are determined on net income reported on the income statement less earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares (participating securities).

(b)	No stock options were considered to be anti-dilutive for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

(c)	No warrants were considered to be anti-dilutive for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 113

N OTE 13 T OTAL E QUITY AND O THER C OMPREHENSIVE I NCOME

Activity in total equity for the first nine months of 2014 and 2015 follows.

Table 103: Rollforward of Total Equity


				Shareholders' Equity
In millions	Shares Outstanding Common Stock			Common Stock		Capital Surplus - Preferred Stock			Capital Surplus - Common Stock and Other			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)		Treasury Stock			Non- controlling Interests			Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013		533		$	2,698	$	3,941		$	12,416		$	23,251		$	436	$	(408	)	$	1,703		$	44,037
Cumulative effect of adopting ASC 860-50 (a)													2											2
Balance at January 1, 2014		533		$	2,698	$	3,941		$	12,416		$	23,253		$	436	$	(408	)	$	1,703		$	44,039
Net income													3,148								2			3,150
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax																291								291
Cash dividends declared
Common ($1.40 per share)													(748	)										(748	)
Preferred													(185	)										(185	)
Preferred stock discount accretion							4						(4	)
Common stock activity		1			5					56														61
Treasury stock activity		(6	)							12								(523	)					(511	)
Other										89											(191	)		(102	)
Balance at September 30, 2014 (b)		528		$	2,703	$	3,945		$	12,573		$	25,464		$	727	$	(931	)	$	1,514		$	45,995
Balance at January 1, 2015		523		$	2,705	$	3,946		$	12,627		$	26,200		$	503	$	(1,430	)	$	1,523		$	46,074
Net income													3,098								23			3,121
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax																112								112
Cash dividends declared
Common ($1.50 per share)													(779	)										(779	)
Preferred													(178	)										(178	)
Preferred stock discount accretion							4						(4	)
Common stock activity		1			3					36														39
Treasury stock activity		(14	)							(58	)							(1,407	)					(1,465	)
Preferred stock redemption – Series K (c)							(500	)																(500	)
Other										70											(216	)		(146	)
Balance at September 30, 2015 (b)		510		$	2,708	$	3,450		$	12,675		$	28,337		$	615	$	(2,837	)	$	1,330		$	46,278

(a)

Amount represents the cumulative impact of our January 1, 2014 irrevocable election to prospectively measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for more information on this election in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

(b)	The par value of our preferred stock outstanding was less than $.5 million at each date and, therefore, is excluded from this presentation.

(c)	On May 4, 2015, PNC redeemed all 50,000 shares of its Series K Preferred Stock, as well as all 500,000 Depositary Shares representing fractional interests in such shares, resulting in net outflow of $500 million.

Warrants

We had 13,385,615 warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015 compared to 16,885,192 as of December 31, 2014. The reduction was due to 3,499,577 warrants that were exercised during 2015. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of PNC common stock at an exercise price of $67.33 per share. In accordance with the terms of the warrants, the warrants are exercised on a non-cash net basis with the warrant holder receiving PNC common shares determined based on the excess of the market price of PNC common stock on the exercise date over the exercise price of the warrant. In 2015, we issued 1,059,612 common shares resulting from the exercise of the warrants. The issuance of these shares resulted in a reclassification within Capital surplus – Common stock and other with no impact on PNC's Shareholder's equity. The remaining outstanding warrants will expire as of December 31, 2018, and are considered in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share in Note 12 Earnings Per Share in this Report.

114 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 104: Other Comprehensive Income

Details of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:


In millions	Pretax			Tax			After-tax
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities*
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	1,048		$	(385	)	$	663
Third Quarter 2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		(125	)		46			(79	)
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income		7			(3	)		4
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		(132	)		49			(83	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		916			(336	)		580
Balance at June 30, 2015		731			(268	)		463
Third Quarter 2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		139			(52	)		87
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income		6			(2	)		4
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income		(21	)		7			(14	)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		154			(57	)		97
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	885		$	(325	)	$	560
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities*
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	143		$	(51	)	$	92
Third Quarter 2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		14			(5	)		9
Less: OTTI losses realized on securities reclassified to noninterest income		(1	)		1
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		15			(6	)		9
Balance at September 30, 2014		158			(57	)		101
Balance at June 30, 2015		122			(44	)		78
Third Quarter 2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		3			(1	)		2
Less: OTTI losses realized on securities reclassified to noninterest income		(1	)					(1	)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		4			(1	)		3
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	126		$	(45	)	$	81
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives*
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	460		$	(168	)	$	292
Third Quarter 2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		(17	)		6			(11	)
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to loan interest income (a)		61			(22	)		39
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income (a)		3			(1	)		2
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		(81	)		29			(52	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		379			(139	)		240
Balance at June 30, 2015		621			(227	)		394
Third Quarter 2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		326			(119	)		207
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to loan interest income (a)		74			(27	)		47
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income (a)		6			(2	)		4
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income (a)		12			(4	)		8
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		234			(86	)		148
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	855		$	(313	)	$	542

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 115

(continued from previous page)


In millions	Pretax			Tax			After-tax
*Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments*
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	(283	)	$	103		$	(180	)
Third Quarter 2014 activity
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) reclassified to other noninterest expense		1						1
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) reclassified to other noninterest expense		(3	)		1			(2	)
Total Third Quarter 2014 activity		(2	)		1			(1	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		(285	)		104			(181	)
Balance at June 30, 2015		(770	)		282			(488	)
Third Quarter 2015 activity
Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) reclassified to other noninterest expense		10			(3	)		7
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) reclassified to other noninterest expense		(3	)		1			(2	)
Total Third Quarter 2015 activity		7			(2	)		5
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	(763	)	$	280		$	(483	)
*Other*
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	(13	)	$	27		$	14
Third Quarter 2014 Activity
PNC's portion of BlackRock's OCI		(10	)		4			(6	)
Net investment hedge derivatives (b)		51			(19	)		32
Foreign currency translation adjustments (c)		(53	)					(53	)
Total Third Quarter 2014 activity		(12	)		(15	)		(27	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		(25	)		12			(13	)
Balance at June 30, 2015		(95	)		27			(68	)
Third Quarter 2015 Activity
PNC's portion of BlackRock's OCI
Net investment hedge derivatives (b)		43			(16	)		27
Foreign currency translation adjustments (c)		(44	)					(44	)
Total Third Quarter 2015 activity		(1	)		(16	)		(17	)
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	(96	)	$	11		$	(85	)

116 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


In millions	Pretax			Tax			After-tax
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities*
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	647		$	(238	)	$	409
2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		296			(108	)		188
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income		21			(8	)		13
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income		6			(2	)		4
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		269			(98	)		171
Balance at September 30, 2014		916			(336	)		580
Balance at December 31, 2014		1,022			(375	)		647
2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		(75	)		27			(48	)
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income		20			(7	)		13
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income		42			(16	)		26
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities		(137	)		50			(87	)
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	885		$	(325	)	$	560
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities*
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	36		$	(12	)	$	24
2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		118			(43	)		75
Less: OTTI losses realized on securities reclassified to noninterest income		(4	)		2			(2	)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		122			(45	)		77
Balance at September 30, 2014		158			(57	)		101
Balance at December 31, 2014		115			(41	)		74
2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		8			(3	)		5
Less: OTTI losses realized on securities reclassified to noninterest income		(3	)		1			(2	)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		11			(4	)		7
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	126		$	(45	)	$	81
*Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives*
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	384		$	(141	)	$	243
2014 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		193			(72	)		121
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to loan interest income (a)		191			(70	)		121
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income (a)		9			(4	)		5
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income (a)		(2	)					(2	)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		(5	)		2			(3	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		379			(139	)		240
Balance at December 31, 2014		552			(202	)		350
2015 activity
Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		522			(191	)		331
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to loan interest income (a)		202			(74	)		128
Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income (a)		18			(7	)		11
Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income (a)		(1	)		1
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		303			(111	)		192
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	855		$	(313	)	$	542

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 117

(continued from previous page)


In millions	Pretax			Tax			After-tax
*Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments*
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	(374	)	$	137		$	(237	)
2014 Activity
Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity		93			(35	)		58
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) reclassified to other noninterest expense		3			(1	)		2
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) reclassified to other noninterest expense		(7	)		3			(4	)
Total 2014 activity		89			(33	)		56
Balance at September 30, 2014		(285	)		104			(181	)
Balance at December 31, 2014		(820	)		300			(520	)
2015 Activity
Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity		36			(13	)		23
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) reclassified to other noninterest expense		28			(10	)		18
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) reclassified to other noninterest expense		(7	)		3			(4	)
Total 2015 Activity		57			(20	)		37
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	(763	)	$	280		$	(483	)
*Other*
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	(20	)	$	17		$	(3	)
2014 Activity
PNC's portion of BlackRock's OCI		(3	)		2			(1	)
Net investment hedge derivatives (b)		18			(7	)		11
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(20	)					(20	)
Total 2014 activity		(5	)		(5	)		(10	)
Balance at September 30, 2014		(25	)		12			(13	)
Balance at December 31, 2014		(59	)		11			(48	)
2015 Activity
PNC's portion of BlackRock's OCI		(34	)		12			(22	)
Net investment hedge derivatives (b)		32			(12	)		20
Foreign currency translation adjustments (c)		(35	)					(35	)
Total 2015 activity		(37	)					(37	)
Balance at September 30, 2015	$	(96	)	$	11		$	(85	)

(a)	Cash flow hedge derivatives are interest rate contract derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP.

(b)	Net investment hedge derivatives are foreign exchange contracts designated as hedging instruments under GAAP.

(c)	The earnings of PNC's Luxembourg-UK lending business have been indefinitely reinvested: therefore, no U.S. deferred income tax has been recorded on the foreign currency translation of the investment.

Table 105: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components


	September 30, 2015						December 31, 2014
In millions	Pretax			After-tax			Pretax			After-tax
Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities	$	885		$	560		$	1,022		$	647
Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities		126			81			115			74
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives		855			542			552			350
Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments		(763	)		(483	)		(820	)		(520	)
Other		(96	)		(85	)		(59	)		(48	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	$	1,007		$	615		$	810		$	503

118 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

N OTE 14 I NCOME T AXES

Table 106: Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credit Carryforwards


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards:
Federal	$	918	$	997
State	$	2,433	$	2,594
Tax Credit Carryforwards:
Federal	$	35	$	35
State	$	7	$	7

The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2032. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2015 to 2035. The majority of the tax credit carryforwards expire in 2032. All federal and most state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are from acquired entities and utilization is subject to various statutory limitations. It is anticipated that the company will be able to fully utilize its carryforwards for federal tax purposes, but a valuation allowance of $63 million has been recorded against certain state tax carryforwards as of September 30, 2015. If select uncertain tax positions were successfully challenged by a state, the state net operating losses listed above could be reduced by $60 million.

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is currently examining PNC's 2011 through 2013 returns. Examinations by the IRS relating to National City's consolidated federal income tax returns through 2008 were effectively settled.

The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $30 million at September 30, 2015 and $77 million at December 31, 2014. At September 30, 2015, $23 million of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate.

It is reasonably possible that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities' exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by $10 million within the next twelve months.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recognized $154 million of amortization, $167 million of tax credits, and $56 million of other tax benefits associated with qualified investments in low income housing tax credits within Income taxes. The amounts for the third quarter of 2015 were $52 million, $56 million and $19 million, respectively.

N OTE 15 L EGAL P ROCEEDINGS

We establish accruals for legal proceedings, including litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed legal proceedings ("Disclosed Matters," which are those matters disclosed in this Note 15 as well as those matters disclosed in Note 21 Legal Proceedings in Part II, Item 8 of our 2014 Form 10-K and in Note 15 Legal Proceedings in Part I, Item 1 of our first and second quarter 2015 Forms 10-Q (such prior disclosure collectively referred to as "Prior Disclosure")). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of September 30, 2015, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in excess of related accrued liabilities, if any, in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $725 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount.

In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. One or more of the following factors frequently contribute to this inherent unpredictability: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the other party is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages (including, in the case of regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, the possibility of fines and penalties); the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; the possible outcomes may not be amenable to the use of statistical or quantitative analytical tools; predicting possible outcomes depends on making assumptions about future decisions of courts or regulatory bodies or the behavior of other parties; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 119

uncertain how damages or liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably possible we could incur.

As a result of these types of factors, we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that it is reasonably possible that we could incur or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed, and the aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under "Other."

We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff's claim against us as alleged in the plaintiff's pleadings or other public filings or otherwise publicly available information. While information of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual.

Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses.

The following updates our disclosure of legal proceedings from that provided in Prior Disclosure.

Interchange Litigation

The appeal of the order of approval of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York in the cases consolidated in that court under the caption In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant-Discount Antitrust Litigation (Master File No. 1:05-md-1720-JG-JO) was argued in September 2015 and remains pending. In addition, in July 2015 several objectors filed a motion with the district court to vacate the court's judgment, including the approval of the settlement, based on alleged misconduct by one of the counsel for MasterCard and one of the counsel for plaintiffs. This motion remains pending.

CBNV Mortgage Litigation

In the cases consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Community Bank of Northern Virginia Lending Practices Litigation (No. 03-0425 (W.D. Pa.), MDL No. 1674), we moved for a rehearing by the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit of its affirmance of the grant of class certification by the district court. Our motion was denied in October 2015.

Overdraft Litigation

In Dasher v. RBC Bank (10-cv-22190-JLK), currently pending for pre-trial proceedings in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, we filed a motion in December 2014 to compel arbitration as to the claims of the plaintiff based on an arbitration provision added to the PNC account agreement in 2013. In August 2015, the district court denied our motion. Later in August 2015, we appealed the denial of our arbitration motion to the court of appeals. The appeal is pending.

Lender Placed Insurance Litigation

In Montoya, et al. v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. , (Case No. 1:14-cv-20474-JEM), pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement in September 2015. Notice to the class members will be provided following this preliminary approval.

Patent Infringement Litigation

In October 2015, the plaintiffs in Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC vs. PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., and PNC Bank, NA , (Case No. 2:13-cv-00740-AJS)(IV 1), pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, moved to dismiss with prejudice their claims arising from the patents that had not been subject to prior dismissal in this lawsuit. The court has granted this motion.

Also in October 2015, in Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC v. PNC Bank Financial Services Group, Inc., PNC Bank NA, and PNC Merchant Services Company, LP (Case No. 2:14-cv-00832-AKS)(IV 2), pending in the same court as IV 1 , the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed without prejudice their claims with respect to three patents that had been invalidated in other lawsuits, leaving two patents at issue in this lawsuit. The plaintiffs moved to deconsolidate IV 1 and IV 2 and to lift the stay. In October this motion was denied.

Mortgage Repurchase Litigation

In September 2015, in Residential Funding Company, LLC v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. (Civil No. 13-3498- JRT-JSM), Residential Funding Company (RFC) filed a motion for leave

120 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

to file a second amended complaint to add claims based on an asserted principle that loan sellers had a continuing contractual obligation to provide notice of loan defects, which RFC claims should allow it to assert contract claims as to pre-May 14, 2006 loans notwithstanding the prior dismissal of those claims with prejudice.

Pre-need Funeral Arrangements

In Jo Ann Howard, P.C., et al. v. Cassity, et al. (No. 4:09-CV-1252-ERW), pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri, the parties' post-trial motions were argued in August 2015.

DD Growth Premium Master Fund

In June 2014, the liquidators of the DD Growth Premium Master Fund (DD Growth) issued a Plenary Summons in the High Court, Dublin, Ireland, in connection with the provision of administration services to DD Growth by a European subsidiary (GIS Europe) of PNC Global Investment Servicing (PNC GIS), a former subsidiary of PNC. The Plenary Summons was served on GIS Europe in June 2015.

In July 2010, PNC completed the sale of PNC GIS to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (BNY Mellon). Beginning in February 2014, BNY Mellon has provided notice to PNC of three indemnification claims related to DD Growth funds. PNC's responsibility for this litigation is subject to the terms and limitations included in the indemnification provisions of the stock purchase agreement.

In its Statement of Claim, which the liquidator served in July 2015, the liquidator alleges, among other things, that GIS Europe breached its contractual duties to DD Growth as well as an alleged duty of care to DD Growth, and to investors in DD Growth, and makes claims of breach of the administration and accounting services agreement, breach of the middle office agreement, negligence, gross negligence, and breach of duty. The statement of claim further alleges claims for loss in the net asset value of the fund and loss of certain subscriptions paid into the fund in the amounts of approximately $283 million and $134 million, respectively. The statement of claim seeks, among other things, damages, costs, and interest.

Other Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries

PNC is the subject of investigations, audits and other forms of regulatory and governmental inquiry covering a broad range of issues in our banking, securities and other financial services businesses, in some cases as part of reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants. Over the last few years, we have experienced an increase in regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries. Areas of current regulatory or governmental inquiry with respect to PNC include consumer protection, fair lending, mortgage origination and servicing, mortgage and non mortgage-related insurance and reinsurance, municipal finance activities, conduct by broker-dealers, automobile lending practices, and participation in government insurance or guarantee programs, some of which are described in Prior Disclosure. These inquiries, including those described in Prior Disclosure, may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, and possibly result in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs.

Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries, including those described in Prior Disclosure.

Other

In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above, PNC and persons to whom we may have indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.

See Note 16 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information regarding the Visa indemnification and our other obligations to provide indemnification, including to current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of PNC and companies we have acquired.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 121

N OTE 16 C OMMITMENTS AND G UARANTEES

Commitments

In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding, certain of which are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table presents our outstanding commitments to extend credit along with significant other commitments as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Table 107: Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Commitments to extend credit
Total commercial lending	$	100,323	$	98,742
Home equity lines of credit		17,350		17,839
Credit card		19,622		17,833
Other		4,075		4,178
Total commitments to extend credit		141,370		138,592
Net outstanding standby letters of credit (a)		9,112		9,991
Reinsurance agreements		2,054		4,297
Standby bond purchase agreements (b)		968		1,095
Other commitments (c)		990		962
Total commitments to extend credit and other commitments	$	154,494	$	154,937

(a)	Net outstanding standby letters of credit include $4.9 billion and $5.2 billion which support remarketing programs at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

(b)	We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations.

(c)	Includes $441 million related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer's credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, some commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment.

Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit

We issue standby letters of credit and share in the risk of standby letters of credit issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as insurance requirements and the facilitation of transactions involving capital markets product execution. Internal credit ratings related to our net outstanding standby letters of credit were as follows:

Table 108: Internal Credit Ratings Related to Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit


	September 30 2015			December 31 2014
Internal credit ratings (as a percentage of portfolio):
Pass (a)		94	%		95	%
Below pass (b)		6	%		5	%

(a)	Indicates that expected risk of loss is currently low.

(b)	Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon a draw by a beneficiary, subject to the terms of the letter of credit, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit outstanding on September 30, 2015 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 7 years.

As of September 30, 2015, assets of $1.0 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers' other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and

participations in standby letters of credit was $182 million at September 30, 2015 and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

122 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Reinsurance Agreements

We have a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary which provides reinsurance for accidental death & dismemberment, credit life, accident & health and lender placed hazard, all of which are in run-off. Aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits for all reinsurance contracts is as follows:

Table 109: Reinsurance Agreements Exposure (a)


In millions	September 30 2015		December 31 2014
Accidental Death & Dismemberment	$	1,678	$	1,774
Credit Life, Accident & Health		376		467
Lender Placed Hazard (b) (c)				2,056
Maximum Exposure (d)	$	2,054	$	4,297
Maximum Exposure to Quota Share Agreements with 100% Reinsurance	$	375	$	466

(a)	Reinsurance agreements exposure balances represent estimates based on availability of financial information from insurance carriers.

(b)	Through the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance connected to the Lender Placed Hazard Exposure, should a catastrophic event occur, PNC will benefit from this reinsurance. No credit for the catastrophe reinsurance protection is applied to the aggregate exposure figure.

(c)	Program was placed into run-off for coverage issued or renewed on or after June 1, 2014 with policy terms one year or less.

(d)	The Borrower and Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance program was placed into run-off. Most of these policies carry no liability to PNC, and due to immateriality this program is no longer included in the maximum exposure amount.

A rollforward of the reinsurance reserves for probable losses for the first nine months of 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

Table 110: Reinsurance Reserves – Rollforward


In millions	2015			2014
January 1	$	13		$	32
Paid Losses		(8	)		(17	)
Net Provision		5			10
Changes to Agreements					(10	)
September 30	$	10		$	15

The reinsurance reserves are declining as the programs are in run-off. There were no other changes to existing agreements nor did we enter into any new relationships.

There is a reasonable possibility that losses could be more than or less than the amount reserved due to ongoing uncertainty in various economic, social and other factors that could impact the frequency and severity of claims covered by these reinsurance agreements. At September 30, 2015, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual was not material.

Indemnifications

We are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements can cover the purchase or sale of entire businesses, loan

portfolios, branch banks, partial interests in companies, or other types of assets.

These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining unfunded commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 123

result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.

In some cases, indemnification obligations of the types described above arise under arrangements entered into by predecessor companies for which we become responsible as a result of the acquisition.

Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during 2015. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.

Visa Indemnification

Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa). For additional information on our Visa indemnification and the related interchange litigation see Note 21 Legal Proceedings and Note 22 Commitments and Guarantees in our 2014 Form 10-K.

Recourse and Repurchase Obligations

As discussed in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities, PNC has sold commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and home equity loans/lines of credit directly or indirectly through securitization and loan sale transactions in which we have continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations

Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the unpaid principal balance outstanding

of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $13.0 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively. The potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.9 billion at September 30, 2015 and $3.7 billion at December 31, 2014.

If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.

We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based upon our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $38 million and $36 million at September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. An analysis of the changes in this liability during 2015 and 2014 follows:

Table 111: Analysis of Commercial Mortgage Recourse Obligations


In millions	2015		2014
January 1	$	35	$	33
Reserve adjustments, net		3		3
September 30	$	38	$	36

Residential Mortgage Loan and Home Equity Loan/ Line of Credit Repurchase Obligations

PNC's repurchase obligations also include certain brokered home equity loans/lines of credit that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition of National City. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity loans/lines of credit is reported in the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segment.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and

124 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in Residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement. Since PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, only

subsequent adjustments are recognized to the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability. These adjustments are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Management's subsequent evaluation of these indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase requests, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio. At September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, the total indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims totaled $117 million and $132 million, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. An analysis of the changes in this liability during 2015 and 2014 follows:

Table 112: Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Liability for Asserted Claims and Unasserted Claims


	2015									2014
In millions	Residential Mortgages (a)			Home Equity Loans/ Lines (b)			Total			Residential Mortgages (a)			Home Equity Loans/ Lines (b)			Total
January 1	$	107		$	29		$	136		$	131		$	22		$	153
Reserve adjustments, net		4			(5	)		(1	)		(4	)		14			10
Losses – loan repurchases and private investor settlements		(16	)		(2	)		(18	)		(19	)		(12	)		(31	)
September 30	$	95		$	22		$	117		$	108		$	24		$	132

(a)	The unpaid principal balance of loans associated with our exposure to repurchase obligations totaled $66.0 billion and $69.0 billion at September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

(b)	Repurchase obligation was associated with sold loan portfolios of $2.2 billion and $2.6 billion at September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, which was acquired with National City.

Management believes the indemnification and repurchase liabilities appropriately reflect the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all loans sold and outstanding as of September 30, 2015. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. While management seeks to obtain all relevant information in estimating the indemnification and repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, it is reasonably possible that future indemnification and repurchase losses could be more or less than our established liability. Factors that could affect our estimate include the volume of valid claims driven by investor strategies and behavior, our ability to successfully negotiate claims with investors, housing prices and other economic conditions. At September 30, 2015, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur additional losses in excess of our accrued indemnification and repurchase liability of up to approximately $78 million for our portfolio of residential mortgage loans sold. At September 30, 2015, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual for our portfolio of home equity loans/lines of credit sold was not material. This estimate of potential additional losses in excess of our liability is based on assumed higher repurchase claims and lower claim rescissions than our current assumptions.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements

We enter into repurchase and resale agreements where we transfer investment securities to/from a third party with the agreement to repurchase/resell those investment securities at a

future date for a specified price. These agreements are entered into primarily to provide short-term financing for securities inventory positions, acquire securities to cover short positions and accommodate customers' investing and financing needs. Repurchase and resale agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions for accounting purposes and are generally carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently reacquired or resold, including accrued interest. Our policy is to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. We monitor the market value of securities to be repurchased and resold and additional collateral may be obtained where considered appropriate to protect against credit exposure.

Repurchase and resale agreements are typically entered into with counterparties under industry standard master netting agreements which provide for the right to setoff amounts owed to one another with respect to multiple repurchase and resale agreements under such master netting agreement (referred to as netting arrangements) and liquidate the purchased or borrowed securities in the event of counterparty default. In order for an arrangement to be eligible for netting under GAAP, we must obtain the requisite assurance that the offsetting rights included in the master netting agreement would be legally enforceable in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of such third party. Enforceability is evidenced by obtaining a legal opinion that supports, with sufficient confidence, the enforceability of the master netting agreement in bankruptcy.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 125

Table 113 shows the amounts owed under resale and repurchase agreements and the securities collateral associated with those agreements where a legal opinion supporting the enforceability of the offsetting rights has been obtained. We do not present resale and repurchase agreements entered into with the same counterparty under a legally enforceable master netting agreement on a net basis on our Consolidated Balance

Sheet or within Table 113. The amounts reported in Table 113 exclude the fair value adjustment on the structured resale agreements of $5 million and $7 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, that we have elected to account for at fair value. Refer to Note 7 Fair Value for additional information regarding the structured resale agreements at fair value.

Refer to Note 11 Financial Derivatives for additional information related to offsetting of financial derivatives.

Table 113: Resale and Repurchase Agreements Offsetting


In millions	Gross Resale Agreements		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet	Net Resale Agreements (a)		Securities Collateral Held Under Master Netting Agreements (b)		Net Amounts (c)
Resale Agreements
September 30, 2015	$	1,143		$	1,143	$	1,069	$	74
December 31, 2014	$	1,646		$	1,646	$	1,569	$	77


In millions	Gross Repurchase Agreements		Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet	Net Repurchase Agreements (d)		Securities Collateral Pledged Under Master Netting Agreements (b)		Net Amounts (e)
Repurchase Agreements
September 30, 2015	$	2,003		$	2,003	$	1,183	$	820
December 31, 2014	$	3,406		$	3,406	$	2,580	$	826

(a)

Represents the resale agreement amount included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related accrued interest income in the amount of less than $1 million at September 30, 2015 and $1 million at December 31, 2014, respectively, which is included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)	Represents the fair value of securities collateral purchased or sold, up to the amount owed under the agreement, for agreements supported by a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

(c)	Represents certain long term resale agreements which are fully collateralized but do not have the benefits of a netting opinion and, therefore, might be subject to a stay in insolvency proceedings and therefore are not eligible under ASC 210-20 for netting.

(d)

Represents the repurchase agreement amount included in Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related accrued interest expense in the amount of less than $1 million at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which is included in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(e)

Represents overnight repurchase agreements entered into with municipalities, pension plans, and certain trusts and insurance companies which are fully collateralized but do not have the benefits of a netting opinion and, therefore, might be subject to a stay in insolvency proceedings and therefore are not eligible under ASC 210-20 for netting. There were no long term repurchase agreements as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 114 summarizes our gross repurchase agreements as of September 30, 2015 by type of collateral pledged. All repurchase agreements have remaining contractual maturities that are classified as overnight or continuous as of September 30, 2015. Overnight repurchase agreements have a one-day maturity while continuous repurchase agreements have no fixed maturity date and are cancellable by either party at any time.

Table 114: Repurchase Agreements By Type of Collateral Pledged


September 30, 2015 in millions	Overnight or Continuous
Gross Repurchase Agreements
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities	$	88
Residential mortgage-backed agency securities		1,847
Commercial mortgage-backed agency securities		68
Total	$	2,003

126 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

N OTE 17 S EGMENT R EPORTING

We have six reportable business segments:

•

Retail Banking

•

Corporate & Institutional Banking

•

Asset Management Group

•

Residential Mortgage Banking

•

BlackRock

•

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. To the extent practicable, retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability with the current period.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. Additionally, we have aggregated the results for corporate support functions within "Other" for financial reporting purposes.

Net interest income in business segment results reflects PNC's internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors. In the first quarter of 2015, enhancements were made to PNC's funds transfer pricing methodology primarily for costs related to the new regulatory short-term liquidity standards. The enhancements incorporate an additional charge assigned to assets, including for unfunded loan commitments. Conversely, a higher transfer pricing credit has been assigned to those deposits that are accorded higher value under Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) rules for liquidity purposes. Please see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 and the Liquidity Risk Management section in Item 7 of our 2014 Form 10-K for more information about the LCR. These adjustments apply to business segment results, primarily favorably impacting Retail Banking and adversely impacting

Corporate & Institutional Banking, prospectively beginning with the first quarter of 2015. Prior periods have not been adjusted due to the impracticability of estimating the impact of the change for prior periods.

A portion of capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments, ultimately reflecting PNC's portfolio risk adjusted capital allocation.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on the loan exposures within each business segment's portfolio. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.

Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the "Other" category in the business segment tables. "Other" includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as the segments' results exclude their portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 127

Business Segment Products and Services

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, investment management and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, ATMs, call centers, online banking and mobile channels. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, North Carolina, Florida, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Alabama, Missouri, Georgia, Wisconsin and South Carolina.

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, government and not-for-profit entities. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, securities, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory, equity capital markets advisory and related services. We also provide commercial loan servicing and real estate advisory and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Products and services are generally provided within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally and internationally.

Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include investment and retirement planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions, and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Hawthorn provides multi-generational family planning including wealth strategy, investment management, private banking, tax and estate planning guidance, performance reporting and personal administration services to ultra high net worth families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody administration and retirement administration services. The business also offers PNC proprietary mutual funds. Institutional clients include corporations, unions, municipalities, non-profits, foundations and endowments, primarily located in our geographic footprint.

Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with a significant presence within the retail banking footprint. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four family residential real estate. These loans are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third-party standards, and either sold, servicing retained, or held on PNC's balance sheet. Loan sales are primarily to secondary mortgage conduits of FNMA, FHLMC, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors, or are securitized and issued under the GNMA program. The mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing mortgage loans, primarily those in first lien position, for various investors and for loans owned by PNC.

BlackRock is a leading publicly traded investment management firm providing a broad range of investment and risk management services to institutional and retail clients worldwide. Using a diverse platform of active and index investment strategies across asset classes, BlackRock develops investment outcomes and asset allocation solutions for clients. Product offerings include single- and multi-asset class portfolios investing in equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market instruments. BlackRock also offers an investment and risk management technology platform, risk analytics and advisory services and solutions to a broad base of institutional investors.

We hold an equity investment in BlackRock, which is a key component of our diversified revenue strategy. BlackRock is a publicly traded company, and additional information regarding its business is available in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). At September 30, 2015, our economic interest in BlackRock was 22%.

PNC received cash dividends from BlackRock of $240 million and $214 million during the first nine months of 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio includes a consumer portfolio of mainly residential mortgage and brokered home equity loans and lines of credit, and a small commercial/commercial real estate loan and lease portfolio. We obtained a significant portion of these non-strategic assets through acquisitions of other companies.

128 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Table 115: Results Of Businesses


Three months ended September 30 In millions	Retail Banking		Corporate & Institutional Banking			Asset Management Group			Residential Mortgage Banking			BlackRock		Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio			Other			Consolidated
2015
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	1,068	$	855		$	71		$	31				$	90		$	(53	)	$	2,062
Noninterest income		574		476			207			135		$	181		16			124			1,713
Total revenue		1,642		1,331			278			166			181		106			71			3,775
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		57		46			(2	)		2					(25	)		3			81
Depreciation and amortization		42		36			10			4								109			201
Other noninterest expense		1,148		497			201			167					23			115			2,151
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		395		752			69			(7	)		181		108			(156	)		1,342
Income taxes (benefit)		144		250			25			(3	)		42		40			(229	)		269
Net income (loss)	$	251	$	502		$	44		$	(4	)	$	139	$	68		$	73		$	1,073
Inter-segment revenue			$	7		$	2		$	5		$	3	$	(2	)	$	(15	)
Average Assets (a)	$	72,916	$	131,613		$	7,902		$	6,513		$	6,813	$	6,460		$	126,370		$	358,587
2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	983	$	890		$	72		$	38				$	146		$	(25	)	$	2,104
Noninterest income		536		464			205			147		$	196		6			183			1,737
Total revenue		1,519		1,354			277			185			196		152			158			3,841
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		74		(4	)		(4	)		(1	)				(8	)		(2	)		55
Depreciation and amortization		43		33			10			3								105			194
Other noninterest expense		1,132		495			199			165					30			142			2,163
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		270		830			72			18			196		130			(87	)		1,429
Income taxes (benefit)		97		281			26			6			50		48			(117	)		391
Net income	$	173	$	549		$	46		$	12		$	146	$	82		$	30		$	1,038
Inter-segment revenue	$	2	$	13		$	3		$	13		$	4	$	(7	)	$	(28	)
Average Assets (a)	$	74,682	$	123,671		$	7,775		$	7,418		$	6,562	$	8,231		$	101,106		$	329,445

(continued on following page)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 129

(continued from previous page)


Nine months ended September 30 In millions	Retail Banking		Corporate & Institutional Banking		Asset Management Group		Residential Mortgage Banking			BlackRock		Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio			Other			Consolidated
2015
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	3,150	$	2,515	$	215	$	91				$	302		$	(87	)	$	6,186
Noninterest income		1,652		1,397		658		488		$	532		34			425			5,186
Total revenue		4,802		3,912		873		579			532		336			338			11,372
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		151		83		11		2					(61	)		(5	)		181
Depreciation and amortization		127		109		33		11								315			595
Other noninterest expense		3,431		1,485		603		499					73			381			6,472
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		1,093		2,235		226		67			532		324			(353	)		4,124
Income taxes (benefit)		399		743		83		24			125		119			(490	)		1,003
Net income	$	694	$	1,492	$	143	$	43		$	407	$	205		$	137		$	3,121
Inter-segment revenue	$	1	$	20	$	7	$	14		$	11	$	(6	)	$	(47	)
Average Assets (a)	$	73,430	$	131,678	$	7,922	$	6,962		$	6,813	$	6,880		$	119,448		$	353,133
2014
Income Statement
Net interest income	$	2,936	$	2,681	$	215	$	115				$	425		$	56		$	6,428
Noninterest income		1,591		1,255		611		503		$	528		22			490			5,000
Total revenue		4,527		3,936		826		618			528		447			546			11,428
Provision for credit losses (benefit)		223		86		2		(1	)				(99	)		10			221
Depreciation and amortization		131		96		31		9								293			560
Other noninterest expense		3,299		1,424		579		541					86			460			6,389
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests		874		2,330		214		69			528		460			(217	)		4,258
Income taxes (benefit)		318		788		78		25			129		169			(399	)		1,108
Net income	$	556	$	1,542	$	136	$	44		$	399	$	291		$	182		$	3,150
Inter-segment revenue	$	4	$	18	$	9	$	25		$	12	$	(15	)	$	(53	)
Average Assets (a)	$	75,264	$	121,232	$	7,687	$	7,889		$	6,562	$	8,563		$	96,681		$	323,878

(a)	Period-end balances for BlackRock.

130 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

N OTE 18 S UBSEQUENT E VENTS

On November 3, 2015, PNC Bank issued:

•

$1.0 billion of senior notes with a maturity date of November 5, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 1.800% on May 5 and November 5 of each year, beginning on May 5, 2016, and

•

$750 million of senior notes with a maturity date of November 5, 2020. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.450% on May 5 and November 5 of each year, beginning on May 5, 2016.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 131

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis (a) (b) (c)


	Nine months ended September 30
	2015								2014
Taxable-equivalent basis Dollars in millions	Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yields/ Rates			Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yields/ Rates
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Investment securities
Securities available for sale
Residential mortgage-backed
Agency	$	20,560		$	388		2.52	%	$	19,344		$	382		2.63	%
Non-agency		4,471			157		4.68			5,199			192		4.92
Commercial mortgage-backed		6,258			147		3.14			5,339			143		3.56
Asset-backed		5,219			83		2.12			5,399			78		1.92
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		5,640			54		1.26			4,734			41		1.16
State and municipal		1,979			70		4.68			2,220			73		4.40
Other debt		1,803			40		2.99			2,096			38		2.39
Corporate stocks and other		471			1		.16			392					.10
Total securities available for sale		46,401			940		2.70			44,723			947		2.82
Securities held to maturity
Residential mortgage-backed		7,865			181		3.07			5,903			155		3.49
Commercial mortgage-backed		2,009			58		3.82			2,584			76		3.93
Asset-backed		744			9		1.54			956			11		1.60
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		252			7		3.80			242			7		3.80
State and municipal		2,000			82		5.50			1,618			67		5.50
Other		307			7		3.11			331			7		2.91
Total securities held to maturity		13,177			344		3.49			11,634			323		3.70
Total investment securities		59,578			1,284		2.87			56,357			1,270		3.00
Loans
Commercial		98,053			2,230		3.00			91,321			2,286		3.30
Commercial real estate		24,659			659		3.52			22,468			689		4.04
Equipment lease financing		7,593			196		3.45			7,548			202		3.58
Consumer		60,426			1,887		4.17			62,636			1,965		4.19
Residential real estate		14,391			523		4.85			14,586			546		5.00
Total loans		205,122			5,495		3.55			198,559			5,688		3.80
Interest-earning deposits with banks		33,380			63		.25			16,341			29		.24
Loans held for sale		2,128			68		4.25			2,095			73		4.65
Federal funds sold and resale agreements		1,737			4		.25			1,336			4		.39
Other		5,183			199		5.13			5,045			170		4.49
Total interest-earning assets/interest income		307,128			7,113		3.08			279,733			7,234		3.43
Noninterest-earning assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(3,297	)							(3,515	)
Cash and due from banks		3,969								3,867
Other		45,333								43,793
Total assets	$	353,133							$	323,878
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits
Money market	$	82,151			163		.27		$	74,777			100		.18
Demand		46,269			19		.05			43,023			16		.05
Savings		13,663			17		.17			11,848			9		.10
Retail certificates of deposit		18,422			95		.69			19,951			111		.74
Time deposits in foreign offices and other time		2,285			3		.18			2,158			3		.18
Total interest-bearing deposits		162,790			297		.24			151,757			239		.21
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		2,708			3		.13			3,634			2		.09
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings		21,556			76		.47			14,215			53		.49
Bank notes and senior debt		17,087			165		1.27			13,682			149		1.44
Subordinated debt		8,862			179		2.69			8,475			161		2.53
Commercial paper		3,486			9		.35			4,903			11		.29
Other		3,319			50		1.99			2,711			51		2.48
Total borrowed funds		57,018			482		1.12			47,620			427		1.19
Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense		219,808			779		.47			199,377			666		.44
Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:
Noninterest-bearing deposits		75,359								68,976
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit		246								234
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		11,845								10,155
Equity		45,875								45,136
Total liabilities and equity	$	353,133							$	323,878
Interest rate spread							2.61								2.99
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources							.13								.13
Net interest income/margin				$	6,334		2.74	%				$	6,568		3.12	%

(a)

Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities.

132 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q



Third Quarter 2015							Second Quarter 2015								Third Quarter 2014
Average Balances		Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yields/ Rates			Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yields/ Rates			Average Balances			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Yields/ Rates





	$21,813	$	134		2.47	%	$	20,550		$	125		2.43	%	$	18,134		$	120		2.64	%
	4,279		52		4.83			4,480			52		4.70			5,021			58		4.64
	6,228		49		3.20			6,286			48		3.03			5,147			47		3.61
	5,287		28		2.15			5,228			28		2.12			5,207			26		2.01
	6,558		23		1.36			5,204			15		1.12			5,142			13		1.01
	1,995		25		4.83			1,973			23		4.76			1,913			19		3.98
	1,837		11		2.44			1,796			18		4.01			1,763			11		2.41
	542		1		.26			414					.10			404					.10
	48,539		323		2.66			45,931			309		2.69			42,731			294		2.75

	8,352		63		3.05			8,196			61		2.95			5,778			49		3.35
	1,927		18		3.65			2,005			18		3.63			2,409			24		3.99
	733		4		1.57			743			2		1.53			874			3		1.75
	254		2		3.82			252			3		3.81			245			2		3.81
	1,979		27		5.50			2,004			27		5.49			2,058			29		5.50
	289		2		3.37			311			3		3.12			325			2		2.84
	13,534		116		3.43			13,511			114		3.37			11,689			109		3.73
	62,073		439		2.83			59,442			423		2.85			54,420			403		2.96

	97,926		756		3.02			98,364			746		3.00			92,547			751		3.17
	25,228		216		3.35			24,812			215		3.44			22,961			229		3.90
	7,683		66		3.42			7,556			65		3.45			7,610			66		3.48
	59,584		628		4.18			60,240			621		4.13			62,351			654		4.16
	14,406		171		4.76			14,416			177		4.91			14,359			180		5.03
	204,827		1,837		3.54			205,388			1,824		3.54			199,828			1,880		3.71
	37,289		24		.25			32,368			20		.25			22,108			12		.23
	2,048		22		4.23			2,092			23		4.33			2,272			26		4.48
	1,598		2		.33			1,959			1		.22			1,409			2		.38
	5,033		67		5.33			5,470			63		4.65			4,914			52		4.24
	312,868		2,391		3.02			306,719			2,354		3.06			284,951			2,375		3.30

	(3,265)							(3,309	)							(3,445	)
	3,890							3,954								3,934
	45,094							45,276								44,005
	$358,587						$	352,640							$	329,445



	$84,554		61		.29		$	81,857			55		.27		$	76,014			35		.18
	46,390		7		.06			46,281			5		.05			43,112			6		.05
	14,150		6		.18			13,775			6		.17			12,152			3		.12
	18,392		32		.68			18,334			31		.68			19,317			36		.73
	2,361		1		.17			2,300			1		.16			2,235			1		.18
	165,847		107		.26			162,547			98		.24			152,830			81		.21

	2,298		1		.14			2,718			1		.14			3,319					.08
	21,882		27		.49			22,001			25		.46			15,328			19		.48
	19,455		63		1.27			16,408			50		1.19			14,221			48		1.33
	8,882		63		2.81			8,861			58		2.61			8,804			53		2.40
	1,867		2		.38			3,640			3		.35			4,863			4		.30
	3,147		16		2.03			3,537			18		1.95			2,801			19		2.62
	57,531		172		1.18			57,165			155		1.07			49,336			143		1.14
	223,378		279		.49			219,712			253		.46			202,166			224		.44

	77,553							75,299								70,993
	246							234								232
	11,667							11,540								10,307
	45,743							45,855								45,747
	$358,587						$	352,640							$	329,445
					2.53								2.60								2.86
					.14								.13								.12
		$	2,112		2.67	%				$	2,101		2.73	%				$	2,151		2.98	%

(b)	Loan fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $76 million and $125 million, respectively. Loan fees for the three months ended September 30, 2015, June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $26 million, $23 million and $33 million, respectively.

(c)

Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $148 million and $140 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2015, June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 were $50 million, $49 million and $47 million, respectively.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 133

Transitional Basel III and Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratios – 2014 Periods


	2014 Transitional Basel III						Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III (a) (b)
Dollars in millions	December 31 2014			September 30 2014			December 31 2014			September 30 2014
Common stock, related surplus and retained earnings, net of treasury stock	$	40,103		$	39,808		$	40,103		$	39,808

Less regulatory capital adjustments:
Goodwill and disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities		(8,939	)		(8,914	)		(9,276	)		(9,234	)
Basel III total threshold deductions		(212	)		(214	)		(1,081	)		(1,067	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (c)		40			100			201			501
All other adjustments		(63	)		(28	)		(121	)		(93	)
Estimated Basel III Common equity Tier 1 capital	$	30,929		$	30,752		$	29,826		$	29,915
Estimated Basel I risk-weighted assets calculated in accordance with transition rules (d)	$	284,018		$	277,348			N/A			N/A
Estimated Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (e)		N/A			N/A		$	298,786		$	295,665
Estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets (f)		N/A			N/A		$	285,870		$	289,405
Estimated Basel III Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio		10.9	%		11.1	%		10.0	%		10.1	%
Risk weight and associated rules utilized		Basel I (with 2014 transition adjustments)						Standardized

(a)	PNC utilizes the pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios to assess its capital position (without the benefit of phase-ins), including comparison to similar estimates made by other financial institutions.

(b)

Basel III capital ratios and estimates may be impacted by additional regulatory guidance and, in the case of those ratios calculated using the advanced approaches, the ongoing evolution, validation and regulatory approval of PNC's models integral to the calculation of advanced approaches risk-weighted assets.

(c)	Represents net adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income for securities currently and previously held as available for sale, as well as pension and other postretirement plans.

(d)	Includes credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(e)	Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets were estimated based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.

(f)	Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets were estimated based on the Basel III advanced approaches rules, and include credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets.

134 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See the information set forth in Note 15 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Report, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are no material changes from any of the risk factors previously disclosed in PNC's 2014 Form 10-K in response to Part I, Item 1A.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 135

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the third quarter of 2015 are included in the following table:


2015 period In thousands, except per share data	Total shares purchased (a)		Average price paid per share		Total shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs (b)		Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the programs (b)
July 1 – 31		2,794	$	97.53		2,777		91,355
August 1 – 31		1,603	$	95.35		1,603		89,752
September 1 – 30		1,833	$	89.31		1,833		87,919
Total		6,230	$	94.55

(a)

Includes PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans generally related to forfeitures of unvested restricted stock awards and shares used to cover employee payroll tax withholding requirements. Note 13 Employee Benefit Plans and Note 14 Stock Based Compensation Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K include additional information regarding our employee benefit and equity compensation plans that use PNC common stock.

(b)

On March 11, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved the establishment of a new stock repurchase program authorization in the amount of 100 million shares of PNC common stock, effective April 1, 2015. Repurchases are made in open market or privately negotiated transactions and the timing and exact amount of common stock repurchases will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic capital and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, the potential impact on our credit ratings, and contractual and regulatory limitations, including the results of the supervisory assessment of capital adequacy and capital planning processes undertaken by the Federal Reserve as part of the CCAR process.

Our 2015 capital plan, submitted as part of the CCAR process and accepted by the Federal Reserve, included share repurchase programs of up to $2.875 billion for the five quarter period beginning with the second quarter of 2015. This amount does not include share repurchases in connection with various employee benefit plans referenced in note (a). In the third quarter of 2015, in accordance with PNC's 2015 capital plan and under the share repurchase authorization in effect during that period, we repurchased 6.2 million shares of common stock on the open market, with an average price of $94.54 per share and an aggregate repurchase price of $.6 billion. See the Capital portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in Part I, Item 2 of this Report for more information on the share repurchase programs under the new share repurchase authorization referenced above for the period April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016 included in the 2015 capital plan accepted by the Federal Reserve.

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The following exhibit index lists Exhibits filed, or in the case of Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 furnished, with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

E XHIBIT I NDEX


12.1		Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

12.2		Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

31.1		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1		Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

32.2		Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

101		Interactive Data File (XBRL)

You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-Q on PNC's corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also obtain copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

136 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

CORPORATE INFORMATION

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

Corporate Headquarters

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

412-762-2000

Stock Listing

The common stock of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PNC".

Internet Information

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.'s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors on our corporate website under "About Us – Investor Relations," such as Investor Events, SEC Filings, Financial Information (including Quarterly Earnings, Annual Reports, Proxy Statements and Regulatory Disclosures), Financial Press Releases, Message from the Chairman and Corporate Governance. Under "Investor Relations," we will from time to time post information that we believe may be important or useful to investors. We use our Twitter account, @pncnews, as an additional way of disseminating public information from time to time to investors. We generally post the following on our corporate website shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases (including earnings releases), various SEC filings, including annual, quarterly and current reports, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and recorded audio from earnings and other investor conference calls or events. In some cases, we may post the presentation materials for other investor conference calls or events several days prior to the call or event. For earnings and other conference calls or events, we generally include in our posted materials a cautionary statement regarding forward-looking and adjusted information and we provide GAAP reconciliations when we refer to adjusted information and results. Where applicable, we provide GAAP reconciliations for such additional information in materials for that event or in materials for other prior investor presentations or in our annual, quarterly or current reports. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC in advance of distribution of a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information.

PNC was also required to provide additional public disclosure regarding estimated income, losses and pro forma regulatory capital ratios in March 2015 under a supervisory hypothetical severely adverse economic scenario and a similar public disclosure in July 2015 under a PNC-developed hypothetical severely adverse economic scenario, as well as information concerning its capital stress testing processes, pursuant to the stress testing regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve and the OCC. PNC is also required to make certain additional regulatory capital-related public disclosures about PNC's capital structure, risk exposures, risk assessment processes, risk-weighted assets and overall capital adequacy, including market risk-related disclosures, under the regulatory capital rules adopted by the Federal banking agencies. Under these regulations, PNC may satisfy these requirements through postings on its website, and PNC has done so and expects to continue to do so without also providing disclosure of this information through filings with the SEC. We also post on our website communications to our shareholders, such as the letter to shareholders that accompanies the Form 10-K distributed to shareholders, and may not file them as exhibits to filings with the SEC when not expressly required.

You can also find the SEC reports and corporate governance information described in the sections below in the Investor Relations section of our website.

Where we have included web addresses in this Report, such as our web address and the web address of the SEC, we have included those web addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 137

Financial Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. Our SEC File Number is 001-09718. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC's internet website at www.sec.gov or on PNC's corporate internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bond holders may also obtain copies of these filings without charge by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652 or via the online contact form at www.computershare.com/contactus for copies without exhibits, and by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com for copies of exhibits, including financial statement and schedule exhibits where applicable. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

Corporate Governance at PNC

Information about our Board of Directors and its committees and corporate governance at PNC is available on PNC's corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. Our PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. In addition, any future amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors or executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller) will be posted at this internet address.

Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board's Audit, Nominating and Governance, Personnel and Compensation, or Risk Committees (all of which are posted on the PNC corporate website) may do so by sending their requests to PNC's Corporate Secretary at corporate headquarters at the above address. Copies will be provided without charge to shareholders.

Inquiries

For financial services call 888-PNC-2265.

Individual shareholders should contact Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan, Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations, at 412-762-8257 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com.

News media representatives and others seeking general information should contact Fred Solomon, Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications, at 412-762-4550 or via email at corporate.communications@pnc.com.

Common Stock Prices/Dividends Declared

The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.


	High		Low		Close		Cash Dividends Declared (a)
2015 Quarter
First	$	96.71	$	81.84	$	93.24	$	.48
Second		99.61		90.42		95.65		.51
Third		100.52		82.77		89.20		.51
Total							$	1.50
2014 Quarter
First	$	87.80	$	76.06	$	87.00	$	.44
Second		89.85		79.80		89.05		.48
Third		90.00		80.43		85.58		.48
Fourth		93.45		76.69		91.23		.48
Total							$	1.88

(a)	Our Board approved a fourth quarter 2015 cash dividend of $.51 per common share, which was payable on November 5, 2015.

138 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q

Dividend Policy

Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company and regulatory capital limitations). The amount of our dividend is also currently subject to the results of the supervisory assessment of capital adequacy and capital planning processes undertaken by the Federal Reserve as part of the 2015 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) process as described in the Executive Summary section of the Financial Review of this Report and in Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of our 2014 Form 10-K.

Dividend Reinvestment And Stock Purchase Plan

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables holders of our common and preferred Series B stock to conveniently purchase additional shares of common stock. You can obtain a prospectus and enrollment form by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Stock Transfer Agent And Registrar

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

800-982-7652

Registered shareholders may contact the above phone number regarding dividends and other shareholder services.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on November 4, 2015 on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

/s/ Robert Q. Reilly

Robert Q. Reilly

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q 139